HomeMy WebLinkAboutSpecificationsDIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01020
INTENT OF DOCUMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Explanation of intent and terminology of the Construction Documents.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00700 — General Conditions.
1.03 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND COMPOSITION
A. Specifications are divided into Divisions and Sections for the convenience of
writing and using. Titles are not intended to imply a particular trade jurisdiction.
AUTHORITY is not bound to define the limits of any subcontract, and will not
enter into disputes between the CONTRACTOR and his employees, including
Subcontractors.
B. Pages are numbered independently for each Section, and recorded in the Table of
Contents. Section number is shown with the page number at the bottom of each
page. The end of each Section of the Specifications is ended by "End of Section".
It is CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to verify that Contract Documents received
for bidding and/or construction are complete in accordance with Table of Contents.
C. The language employed in the Contract Documents is addressed directly to the
CONTRACTOR. Imperative or indicative language is generally employed
throughout and requirements expressed are the mandatory responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR, even though the Work specified may be accomplished by
specialty subcontractors engaged by the CONTRACTOR. References to third
parties in this regard shall not be interpreted in any way as to relieve the
CONTRACTOR of his or her responsibility under this Contract.
D. These Specifications are of the abbreviated or "streamlined" type, and may include
incomplete sentences.
E. Omissions of words or phrases such as "the CONTRACTOR shall", "in conformity
therewith", "shall be", "as noted on the Drawings", "according to the Drawings",
"a", "an", "the" and "all" are intentional.
F. Omitted words or phrases shall be supplied by inference in the same manner as they
are when a "note' occurs on the Drawings.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01020-1 Intent of Documents
1.04 DRAWINGS: CONTENT EXPLANATION
A. Drawings, Dimensions and Measurements.
1. Contract Documents do not purport to describe in detail, absolute and
complete construction information. Drawings are diagrammatic.
CONTRACTOR shall provide verification of actual site conditions and shall
provide complete and operational systems as specified when Drawings do
not provide full detail.
1.05 COMMON TERMINOLOGY
A. Certain items used generally throughout the Specifications and Drawings are used
as follows:
1. Indicated: The term "indicated" is a cross reference to details, notes or
schedules on the Drawings, other paragraphs or schedules in the
Specifications, and similar means of recording requirements in the Contract
Documents. Where terms such as "shown", "noted", "schedules", and
"specified" are used in lieu of "indicate", it is for the purpose of helping the
reader accomplish the cross reference, and no limitation of location is
intended except as specifically noted.
2. Installer: The person or entity engaged by CONTRACTOR, his
Subcontractor or sub -subcontractor for the performance of a particular unit
of Work at the Project site, including installation, erection, application and
similar required operations. It is a general requirement that installers be
recognized experts in the work they are engaged to perform.
3. Furnish: Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term "furnish" is
used to mean "...supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unpacking,
assembly and installation..."
4. Provide: Except to the extent further defined, the term "provide" means to
furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
5. Guarantee and Warranty: "Warranty" is generally used in conjunction with
products manufactured or fabricated away from the Project site, and
"guarantee" is generally used in conjunction with units of work which
require both products and substantial amounts of labor at the Project site.
The resulting difference is that warranties are frequently issued by
manufacturers, and guarantees are generally issued by CONTRACTOR and
frequently supported (partially) by product warranties from manufacturers.
1.06 CONFLICTS
A. Report any conflicts to AUTHORITY for clarification.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01020-2 Intent of Documents
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01020-3 Intent of Documents
SECTION 01027
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00700 — General Conditions: Article 13, Progress Payments, and Final
Payment.
B. Document 00800 — Supplementary Conditions.
C. Section 01300 — Submittals.
D. Section 01370 — Schedule of Values.
E. Section 01700 — Project Closeout.
F. Section 01720 — Project Record Documents
G. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout.
1.03 FORMAT
A. Application for Payment form as provided by the AUTHORITY or Contractor's
Form containing same information.
1.04 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS
A. Type required information on Application for Payment form approved by
AUTHORITY.
B. Execute certification by original signature of authorized officer upon each copy of
the Application for Payment.
C. Submit names of individuals authorized to be responsible for information
submitted on Application for Payment.
D. Indicate breakdown of costs for each item of the Work on accepted Schedule of
Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01027-1 Applications for Payment
Work performed and for stored products. Indicate percent complete for each
item, value for invoice submitted, total value billed, and totals for each column.
E. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing
Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work.
F. Prepare for application of Final Payment as specified in Section 01770 — Contract
Closeout.
1.05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Submit original plus three (3) copies of each Application for Payment at times
stipulated in Contract.
B. Submit under AUTHORITY accepted transmittal letter. Identify Contract by
AUTHORITY Contract number.
1.06 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When AUTHORITY requires substantiating information, submit data justifying
line item amounts in question.
B. Provide two (2) copies of data with cover letter for each copy of Application.
Show Application number and date, and line item by number and description.
1.07 SUBMITTALS WITH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. Submit the following with each Application for Payment:
1. Updated construction schedule as required by Section 01300 — Submittals.
2. Updated Schedule of Values as required by Section 01370 — Schedule of
Values.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01027-2 Applications for Payment
SECTION 01028
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for processing Change Orders.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Articles 9, 10, and 11 — Governing
requirements for changes in the Work, in Contract Price, and Contract Time.
B. Document 00800 — Supplementary Conditions: Modifications to Document 00700
— General Conditions.
C. Section 01027 — Applications for Payment.
D. Section 01300 - Submittals.
E. Section 01370 — Schedule of Values.
F. Section 01630 — Product Options and Substitutions.
G. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit name of the individual authorized to accept changes, and to be responsible
for informing others in CONTRACTOR's employ of changes in the Work.
B. Change Order Forms will be prepared by the AUTHORITY.
1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME
A. Maintain detailed records of work done on a Cost of the Work plus a Fee basis.
Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to
substantiate costs of changes in the Work. Incomplete or unsubstantiated costs
will be disallowed.
B. CONTRACTOR shall submit a complete, detailed, itemized cost breakdown
addressing impact on Contract Time and Contract Price with each proposal.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01028-1 Change Order Procedures
C. On request, provide additional data to support computations:
1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment.
2. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
3. Overhead and profit.
4. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented.
D. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a cost of the Work
plus a Fee basis, with additional information:
1. Origin and date of claim.
2. Dates and times Work was performed, and by whom.
3. Time records and wage rates paid.
4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly
documented.
1.05 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES
A. AUTHORITY may submit a Proposal Request which includes: Detailed
description of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and
Specifications, the projected time for executing the change, with a stipulation of
any overtime work required, and the period of time during which the requested
price will be considered valid.
B. CONTRACTOR may initiate a change by submittal of a request to AUTHORITY
describing the proposed change with a statement of the reason for the change, and
the effect on Contract Price and Contract Time with full documentation.
1.06 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION
A. Shall be in accordance with Article 9 — Changes: in Document 00700 — General
Conditions.
1.07 LUMP SUM CHANGE ORDER
A. CONTRACTOR shall submit an itemized price proposal in sufficient detail to fully
explain the basis for the proposal. CONTRACTOR and AUTHORITY shall then
negotiate an equitable price (and time adjustment if appropriate) in good faith. The
Change Order will reflect the results of those negotiations. If negotiations break
down, CONTRACTOR may be directed to perform the subject Work under a COST
OF THE WORK CHANGE ORDER.
B. The maximum rates of cost markup (to cover both overhead and profit of the
CONTRACTOR) shall be per Section 00700 — General Conditions, Article 10,
Paragraph 10.3 "Change Order Price Determination".
C. These terms shall also apply to the proposals of subcontracts and allowances.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01028-2 Change Order Procedures
1.08 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. For pre -determined Unit Prices and quantities, Change Order will be executed on
a lump sum basis.
B. For pre -determined Unit Prices and undetermined quantities, Change Order will be
executed on an estimated quantity basis; payment will be based on actual quantities
measured as specified.
1.09 COST OF THE WORK CHANGE ORDER
A. CONTRACTOR shall submit documentation required in Paragraph 1.04 of this
Section on a daily basis for certification by the AUTHORITY. The AUTHORITY
will indicate by signature that the submitted documentation is acceptable. If it is not
acceptable, CONTRACTOR and AUTHORITY shall immediately meet to discuss
resolution.
B. After completion of the change and within fourteen (14) Calendar Days, unless
extended by the AUTHORITY, the CONTRACTOR shall submit in final form an
itemized account with support data of all costs. Support data shall have been
certified by the AUTHORITY, as required above in paragraph A.
C. AUTHORITY will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract
Time as provided in provisions of the Contract Documents.
1.10 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A. AUTHORITY will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in
Conditions of the Contract.
1.11 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record
each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract
Price as shown on Change Order.
B. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise
subschedules to adjust times for other items of Work affected by the change, and
resubmit.
C. Promptly enter changes in project record documents.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01028-3 Change Order Procedures
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01028-4 Change Order Procedures
SECTION 01100
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section describes the project and the work to be performed under this
Contract. Detailed requirements and extent of work are stated in applicable
Specification sections and shown on the Drawings.
1.02 ORGANIZATION AND INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Specifications and Drawings included in these Contract Documents establish the
performance, quality requirements, location and general arrangement of materials
and equipment, and establish the minimum standards for quality of workmanship
and appearance.
B. Specification sections have not been divided into groups for work of
subcontractors or various trades. Should there be questions concerning the
applicability or interpretation of a particular section or part of a section or
Drawing, direct questions to the Engineer.
C. A part of the work that is necessary or required to make each installation
satisfactory and operable for its intended purpose, even though it is not
specifically included in the Specifications or on the Drawings, shall be performed
as incidental work as if it were described in the Specifications and shown on the
Drawings.
1.03 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT
A. Scope
1. This project consists of a general contract to furnish all labor, materials,
equipment, supervision, transportation, subsistence, expertise and
incidentals necessary to complete the Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrades as
identified in the Contract Documents.
2. All work is included in the Base Bid unless otherwise indicated and can be
generally described as providing the following:
a. Mobilization and Demobilization.
b. Earthwork complete with excavation, hauling, placement,
compaction and embankment construction.
C. Geotextile and liner installation.
d. Reinforced concrete tank foundations fabrication.
e. Field erected bulk fuel tanks and appurtenance installation.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01100-1 Summary of Work
f. Tank cleaning, inspection, repairs and modifications to existing
tanks.
g. Tank coating application.
h. Yard, manifold and buried piping and marine header construction.
i. Construction of truck containment slab and truck fill station
components.
j. Installation of distribution equipment, such as pumps, meters, hose
reels, etc.
k. Installation of electrical, controls, and related work.
1. Installation of intermediate tanks, dispensing tanks, and associated
work.
in. Security fence installation.
n. Onsite drainage control.
o. Onsite Safety.
P. Testing and Quality Control
3. Additive Alternate A includes work associated with decommissioning of
fuel storage tanks and piping as specified in Section 02082 —
Decommissioning Fuel Storage Tanks and Piping.
B. Contract Documents
1. Work shall be constructed in accordance with Contract Documents.
C. The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically stated in applicable parts of
these Contract Documents, provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools,
construction equipment, facilities, and services necessary for proper execution,
testing, and completion of the work.
D. Work By Others
1. Bulk tank farm site pad construction up to elevation 17.17 feet as
indicated on the Drawings, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Flat Loop Thermosyphons and installation, commissioning, and testing of
thermosyphons.
3. Providing one (1) culvert at the bulk tank farm site as indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01100-2 Summary of Work
SECTION 01110
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
All work shall be in accordance with the latest edition of governing Codes Regulations
including but are not limited to:
1. Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC) Regulations
including 18AAC75
2. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ANSI/ASME)
3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Regulations
4. American Petroleum Institute (API)
5. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)
6. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
7. American Welding Society (AWS)
8. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
9. International Fire Code (IFC)
10. International Building Code (IBC)
11. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry (MSS)
12. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) NFPA 30
13. National Electrical Code (NEC)
14. Underwriters Laboratories (U.L.)
15. United States Coast Guard (USCG) Regulations
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01110-1 Regulatory Requirements
SECTION 01126
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for preparing, submitting and accepting subcontracts.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00120 — Required Documents, Required After Notice of Apparent Low
Bidder.
B. Document 00410 — Subcontractor List.
C. Document 00700 — General Conditions: Paragraph 6.13, Subcontractors.
D. Section 01300 — Submittals.
1.03 PREPARATION
A. Certification Forms: Use forms provided by AUTHORITY.
B. CONTRACTOR to prepare certification form and submit to the AUTHORITY
prior to the start of Work. All subcontracts shall be included in a single submittal.
Where required, attach additional information (cross-referenced to the appropriate
subcontract) to the certification form.
C. Substitute certification forms will not be considered.
1.04 SUBMITTAL OF CERTIFICATION
A. CONTRACTOR shall submit certification forms in accordance with the submittal
requirements identified under Paragraph 1.02 D of this Section.
1.05 CONSIDERATION OF CERTIFICATION
A. Following receipt of submittal and within a reasonable period of time
AUTHORITY shall review for each of the following:
1. Completeness of forms and attachments.
2. Proper execution (signatures) of forms and attachments.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Contractor's
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01126-1 Certification of Subcontract
B. Submittals which are not complete or not properly executed will be returned to
the CONTRACTOR under a transmittal letter denoting the deficiencies found.
CONTRACTOR shall correct and resubmit per paragraph 1.04 of this Section.
1. Subcontractors will be required to leave the project site until properly
executed subcontract is in place.
2. Payment will not be made for Work performed by a non -certified
subcontractor.
1.06 ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CERTIFICATION
A. Submittals which have been examined by the AUTHORITY and are determined
to be complete and properly executed shall be acknowledged as such by the
AUTHORITY's signature on the face of each certification form.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Contractor's
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01126-2 Certification of Subcontract
SECTION 01150
SURVEYING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Construction surveying requirements.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Existing survey data and survey control are presented in the Construction
Drawings.
B. Section 01300 — Submittals.
C. Section 02200 — Earthwork.
D. Section 02310 — Thermosyphons.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit, upon request of the Engineer, copies of all field notes and survey data.
B. Provide marked -up as -built drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SURVEY MATERIALS
A. Provide all construction surveying and staking materials to stake construction
work.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURVEYING BY ENGINEER
A. No surveying will be provided by the Engineer.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01150-1 Surveying
3.02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Contractor shall set all lines and grades by instrument survey in order to correctly
layout the following:
1. Truck Fill Stations
2. Pipelines
3. Earthworks
4. Thermosyphons
5. Secondary Containment Structures
6. Fuel Storage Tank Foundations
B. Contractor shall locate and protect all survey reference points. Contractor shall
have a Professional Land Surveyor, licensed in the State of Alaska, reset any
survey points that have been disturbed at Contractor's expense.
C. Survey shall be tied to the basis of horizontal and vertical control indicated on the
Drawings.
D. Provide and pay for all surveying as required for project completion and
acceptance.
E. All survey work shall be by, or under, the direction of a licensed Professional
Land Surveyor registered in the State of Alaska.
F. Field -adjust grades to meet the minimum fill depth required by the Drawings.
3.03 ACCURACY AND TOLERANCES
A. Contractor's surveys shall be subject to the following tolerances, unless another
tolerance is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents:
1. +0.10 feet horizontally.
2. +0.10 feet vertically.
3.04 RECORDS
A. Maintain a complete, accurate, and reduced set of field notes of all survey work.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01150-2 Surveying
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Requirements and procedures necessary for scheduling, preparation, and
submission of submittals.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Individual Specification sections in these Contract Documents contain additional
and special submittal requirements. Individual sections shall take precedence in
the event of a conflict with this section.
B. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraphs 6.9, 6.10 and 6.11 for
substitutes, and Paragraphs 6.20 and 6.21 for shop drawings.
C. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraphs 6.6, 6.7 and 6.8 for Progress
Schedules.
D. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraph 6.16 for Record Documents.
E. Section 0 13 10 — Progress Schedules.
F. Section 01370 — Schedule of Values.
G. Section 01400 — Quality Control.
H. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls.
1. Section 01600 — Materials and Products.
J. Section 01630 — Product Options and Substitutions.
K. Section 01700 — Project Closeout.
L. Section 01720 — Project Record Documents.
M. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout.
N. All Technical Specifications.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01300-1 Submittals
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Work Plan as required by the Special Conditions in Document 00800 —
Supplementary Conditions.
B. Erosion and Pollution Control Plans as required by the Special Conditions in
Document 00800 — Supplementary Conditions.
C. Progress Schedules.
D. Schedule of Submittals.
E. Quality Control Submittals.
1.04 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
Submittal items shall be submitted to the following locations as indicated:
ITEM ORIGINAL COPY
Schedule of Values
AUTHORITY
Engineer
* Construction Schedule
AUTHORITY
Engineer
* Subcontractor List
AUTHORITY
Engineer
* Contractor Questionnaire
AUTHORITY
Engineer
Work Plan
Engineer
AUTHORITY
Erosion and Pollution Control Plans
Engineer
AUTHORITY
Shop Drawings
Engineer
Options or Substitutions
Engineer
Pay Requests
AUTHORITY
Engineer
Change Order Requests or Proposals
AUTHORITY
Engineer
Design Clarification and Verification Requests
Engineer
AUTHORITY
Project Closeout Documents
AUTHORITY
Request for Substantial Completion Inspection
AUTHORITY
Engineer
Contract Closeout Documents
AUTHORITY
Request for Final Completion Inspection
AUTHORITY
Engineer
Project Record Documents
AUTHORITY
* These items are required by Document 00120. All items required by Document 00120
but not listed here shall be submitted to the AUTHORITY.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01300-2 Submittals
1.05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. AUTHORITY reserves the right to modify the procedures and requirements for
submittals, as necessary, to accomplish the specific purpose of each submittal.
Direct inquiries to Engineer regarding the procedure, purpose, or extent of any
submittal.
B. Review, acceptance, or approval of substitutions, schedules, shop drawings, list of
materials, and procedures submitted or requested by Contractor shall not add to
the Contract amount, and additional costs which may result therefrom shall be
solely the obligation of Contractor.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for performing necessary analysis research, data
gathering, code analysis, and cost estimating for review and acceptance by the
Engineer when the Contractor submits a substitution as an equal product.
D. AUTHORITY is not precluded, by virtue of review, acceptance, or approval,
from obtaining a credit for construction savings resulting from allowed
concessions in the work or materials therefore.
E. AUTHORITY is not responsible to provide engineering or other services to
protect Contractor from additional costs accruing from submittals.
F. Submittals processed by Engineer do not become Contract Documents and are not
Change Orders; the purpose of submittal review is to establish a reporting
procedure and is intended for Contractor's convenience in organizing the work,
and to permit Engineer to monitor Contractor's progress and understanding of the
design.
G. Delays caused by the need for resubmittal shall not constitute basis for claim.
H. After checking and verifying all field measurements, make submittal to Engineer
in accordance with the schedule of submittals for review.
1. Submittals shall bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor
has satisfied its responsibilities under the Contract Documents with
respect to the review of the submittal.
2. Data shown shall be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions,
specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to
enable Engineer to review the information.
I. Check samples, and accompany with specific written indication that Contractor
has satisfied requirements under the Contract Documents with respect to review
of submittals, and identify clearly as to material, supplier, pertinent data such as
catalog numbers and the intended use.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01300-3 Submittals
J. Before submission of each submittal, determine and verify quantities, dimensions,
specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog
numbers and similar data with respect thereto; review and coordinate each
submittal with other submittals, requirements of the work, and the Contract
Documents.
K. At the time of each submission, give Engineer specific written notice of each
variation that the submittal may have from the requirements of the Contract
Documents. In addition, make specific notation on each shop drawing submitted
to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation.
L. Engineer's review will be only for conformance with the design concept of the
project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents,
not extending to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of
construction (except where a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or
procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents),
nor to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review of a separate
item as such will not indicate review of the assembly in which the item functions.
M. Engineer's review of submittals shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility
for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing, called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the
time of submission, and Engineer has given written approval of each such
variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying
the shop drawing or sample approval; nor will any approval by Engineer relieve
Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings, or
from responsibility for having complied with the provisions herein.
N. Where a shop drawing or sample is required by the Specifications, related work
performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submission
shall be the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor.
1.06 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS
A. Provide administrative submittals required by the Bidding Requirements, General
Conditions, Special Conditions, and as may be specifically required in other parts
of the Contract Documents.
B. Make required submittals promptly to the applicable federal, state, or local
agency, as required by law. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in
withholding of progress payments and make Contractor liable for other prescribed
action and sanctions.
C. Submit to AUTHORITY a copy of all letters relative to this Contract, including
notifications, reports, certifications, payroll and the like, that are submitted
directly to a federal, state, or other governing agency.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01300-4 Submittals
1.07 SCHEDULES
A. General:
1. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Section 01310, and
preliminary schedule of submittals in duplicate.
2. Revise, resubmit, and identify all changes made from previously
submitted schedules throughout the duration of the project to keep all
schedules up to date.
B. Schedule of Submittals:
1. Preliminary Schedule of Submittals — Indicate submittals required by
Specification section number with brief description, starting and
completion dates for respective submittal preparation, and submittal
review by Engineer.
2. Finalized Schedule of Submittals — Furnish sub -network to the Progress
Schedule indicating respective progress schedule activity which
sequentially follows the submittal activity.
1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. General:
1. Shop drawings, as defined herein, shall consist of all drawings, diagrams,
illustrations, schedules, and other data which are specifically prepared by,
or for Contractor, to illustrate some portion of the work; and all
illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts,
instructions, diagrams, and other information prepared by a manufacturer
and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for distinct
portions of the work.
2. Submittal of incomplete or unchecked shop drawings will not be
acceptable. Shop drawing submittals which do not clearly show
Contractor's review stamp or specific written indication of Contractor
review will be returned to Contractor for resubmission.
3. Submittal of shop drawings not required under these Contract Documents
and not shown on the schedule of submittals will be returned to Contractor
unreviewed and unstamped by Engineer.
B. Procedures:
1. Submit to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the
accepted schedule of submittals, six (6) copies of shop drawings.
2. Combine submittals specified in each Specification Division into a single
package, subdivided by Specification Section. Partial packages will not
be reviewed until all submittals required for the Division have been
received.
3. Transmit each submittal on a form acceptable to the Engineer.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01300-5 Submittals
4. Sequentially number the transmittal forms; resubmittals shall have original
number with an alphabetic suffix.
5. Identify project, Contractor, Specification section number, pertinent
Drawing sheet and detail number(s), products, units and assemblies, and
the system or equipment identification or tag number as shown.
6. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying that review,
verification or products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction
work, and coordination of information, is in accordance with requirements
of the Contract Documents.
7. Transmit submittals in accordance with finalized schedule of submittals,
and deliver as follows:
a. Submittals to Engineer: Glen Oen, Project Engineer, LCMF LLC,
615 E. 82nd Avenue, Ste. 200, Anchorage, Alaska 99518.
8. Provide space for Engineer review stamps 3 inches by 4 inches.
9. Revise and resubmit submittals as required; identify all changes made
since previous submittal.
10. Submittals will be acted upon by Engineer and transmitted to Contractor
not later than ten (10) working days after receipt by Engineer.
11. When shop drawings have been reviewed by Engineer, three (3) copies
will be returned to Contractor appropriately annotated.
a. If major changes or corrections are necessary, shop drawing may
be rejected, and one set will be returned to Contractor with such
changes or corrections indicated.
b. Correct and resubmit the shop drawings in the same manner and
quantity as specified for the original submittal.
C. Foreign Manufacturers: Submit names and addresses of companies within the
United States that maintain technical service representatives; include complete
inventory of spare parts and accessories for each foreign -made item proposed for
incorporation into the work. Failure to prove these capabilities shall be just cause
for rejection of foreign -manufactured items.
D. Interfacing Work: Where called for in the Specifications, and as determined
necessary by Engineer to provide proper correlation with other work, complete
interface information shall be submitted. This interface information shall be
accurate and contain all information necessary to allow for manufacturing and
construction of the interfacing or connecting work.
E. Material and Equipment Colors: Engineer will provide a schedule of selected
colors within ten (10) days after receiving samples of the manufacturers' standard
colors for all items requiring AUTHORITY'S selection, and after approval of
submittals.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01300-6 Submittals
1.09 SAMPLES AND TEST SPECIMENS
A. Where required in the Specifications, and as determined necessary by the
Engineer, submit test specimens or samples of materials, appliances, and fittings
to be used or offered for use in connection with the work. Include information as
to their sources, prepay cartage charges, and submit such quantities and sizes for
proper examination and tests to establish the quality or equality thereof, as
applicable.
B. Submit samples and test specimens in ample time to enable the Engineer to make
tests or examinations necessary without delay to the work.
C. Submit additional samples as required by the Engineer to ensure equality with the
original approved sample and/or for determination of Specification compliance.
D. Laboratory test and examinations that the AUTHORITY elects to make in its own
laboratory will be made at the AUTHORITY's cost except that, if a sample of any
material or equipment proposed for use by the Contractor fails to meet the
Specifications, Contractor shall bear the cost of testing subsequent samples.
E. Tests required by the Specifications to be performed by an independent laboratory
shall be made by a laboratory licensed or certified in accordance with state
statutes.
1. See Section 01400 — Quality Control for requirements.
2. Submit certified test results of specified tests in duplicate to Engineer.
F. Samples and laboratory services shall be at the expense of Contractor and
included in the prices bid for the associated work.
G. Approved sample items (fixtures, hardware, etc.) may be incorporated into the
work upon approval, and when no longer needed by the Engineer for reference.
H. Submit three (3) samples of all materials requiring color selection and as required
by individual Specification.
1.10 QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Quality Control Submittals as identified in the Specifications and on the
Drawings.
B. Manufacturer's Certification of Proper Installation: Where manufacturer's
certification is required in the Specification, the manufacturer. shall provide
certification stating the following:
1. The product or system has been installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01300-7 Submittals
2. The product or system has been inspected by a manufacturer's authorized
representative.
3. The product or system has been serviced with the proper lubricants.
4. Applicable safety equipment has been properly installed.
5. Proper electrical and mechanical connections have been made.
6. Proper adjustments have been made and the product or system is ready for
functional testing, plant startup, and operation.
C. Certification of Compliance:
1. Where specified, furnish certification of compliance for products specified
to a recognized standard or code prior to the use of such products in the
work.
a. Engineer may permit use of certain materials or assemblies prior to
sampling and testing if accompanied by a certification of
compliance.
b. Certifications shall be signed by the manufacturer of the product;
state that the components involved comply in all respects with the
requirements of the Specifications.
C. Furnish certification of compliance with each lot delivered to the
job site, and clearly identify the lot so certified.
2. Products used on the basis of a certification of compliance may be
sampled and tested at any time. The fact that a product is used on the
basis of a certification of compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for incorporating products in the work, which conforms to
requirements of the Contract Documents. Products not conforming to
such requirements will be subject to rejection whether in -place or not.
1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS
A. General: Engineer will determine adequacy of each O & M Manual as to content,
organization, quality, and adequacy. Furnish acceptable manuals as reviewed by
the Engineer.
B. Procedures:
1. Furnish eight (8) copies of complete instruction manual for installation,
operation, maintenance, and lubrication requirements for each unit of
architectural finishes, mechanical and electrical equipment or system.
2. Furnish initial manual forty-five (45) days prior to field test or equipment
startup of the respective equipment and prior to request for substantial
completion inspection. Correct deficiencies found in the submitted
manual within thirty (30) calendar days following notification of the
deficiencies.
3. Manuals shall be customized to describe the equipment actually furnished,
and shall not include extraneous data for models, options, or sizes not
furnished.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01300-8 Submittals
a. Where more than one model, option, or size of an equipment type
is furnished, clearly indicate the information pertaining to each
model, option, or size furnished.
b. Manufacturer's preprinted literature may be accepted provided it
has been customized to clearly indicate the models, options, and
sizes actually furnished, and that equipment models not furnished
have been clearly crossed out or deleted.
4. Assemble each copy of the manual in one or more three-ring, hard -back
type binders. Binder shall have a clear plastic front and back sleeve for
inserting project description.
a. Clearly label each binder to designate the system or equipment for
which it is intended with reference to the building and equipment
number, and the Specification section where the equipment is
specified.
b. Provide each binder with title page, typed table of contents with
page numbers, and heavy section dividers with numbered plastic
index tabs.
C. Divide each manual into sections paralleling the equipment
specifications.
d. Where more than one binder is required, they shall be labeled
"Vol. I", "Vol. 2", and so on. Place the table of contents for the
entire set, identified by volume number in each binder.
e. Submit manual organization and format to Engineer for approval
prior to manual preparation.
f. Punch all data for binding and composition; arrange printing so
that punching holes does not obliterate data.
5. Material in manuals shall be suitable for photographic reproduction.
Where copies of identical material are included, clarity and quality of
copies shall equal the original.
C. Contents: Each manual shall be complete in all respects for finishes, equipment,
controls, accessories and associated appurtenances, and shall include the
following:
1. Diagrams and illustrations.
2. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the
system.
3. Performance and nameplate data.
4. Installation instructions.
5. Procedure for starting.
6. Proper adjustment.
7. Test procedures and results of factory tests where required.
8. Procedure for operating.
9. Shutdown instructions for both short and extended durations.
10. Emergency operating instructions and troubleshooting guide.
11. Safety precautions.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01300-9 Submittals
12. Maintenance and overhaul instructions illustrated with detailed assembly
drawings showing each part with part numbers and sequentially numbered
parts list. Include recommended spare parts, instructions for ordering
spare parts, and complete preventive maintenance and overhaul
instructions required to ensure satisfactory performance and longevity of
the equipment.
13. Lubrication instructions and diagrams showing point to be greased or
oiled; recommend type, grade, and temperature range of lubricants and
frequency of lubrication.
14. Equipment warranties.
15. List of electrical relay settings and control and alarm contact settings.
16. Electrical interconnection wiring diagram for equipment furnished,
including all control and lighting systems.
17. Refer to individual Specification sections for additional O & M
requirements.
1.12 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings:
1. Maintain a current listing and description of each change incorporated into
the work and note same on mark-up drawing set. Provide mark-up
drawing set to the Engineer prior to or during the substantial completion
inspection. Engineer will prepare a set of record drawings for the project
from the Contractor provided annotated drawings, which will include the
changes made in materials, equipment, locations, and dimensions of the
work.
B. O & M Manuals:
1. Submit final revised O & M Manual incorporating field testing results and
additional instructions deemed necessary by Engineer after testing and
startup.
2. Revise and resubmit manuals, or portions of manuals found to be missing
or incomplete from Engineer's punch list.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01300-10 Submittals
SECTION 0 13 10
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Detailed scheduling requirements and procedures including preparation, interim
schedule, and overall schedule.
B. Preconstruction conference requirements.
C. Monthly progress report requirements.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraphs 6.6, 6.7 and 6.8 for
Anticipated Schedules, Finalizing Schedules, and Adjusting Schedules.
B. Section 01300 — Submittals.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following items as specified in this section:
1. Gnatt Chart, not CPM (Critical Path Method) nodal analysis.
2. Monthly progress reports.
3. Cash flow projections.
1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Contractor shall accept the risk for delays caused by the rate of progress of work
to be executed under Contract. Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling
work.
1.05 PROGRESS OF THE WORK
A. General:
1. Execute work with such progress as necessary to prevent delay to the
overall completion of the project.
2. Execute the work at such times and on such parts of the project, and with
such forces, materials and equipment to assure completion in the time
established by the Contract.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01310-1 Progress Schedules
1.06 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Within twenty (20) days following execution of Contract but before start of work
at the site, Contractor shall meet with AUTHORITY and Engineer for discussion
of scheduling requirements per Section 01320 — Project Meetings.
1.07 SCHEDULE
A. General:
1. Contractor shall prepare and submit within ten (10) days after the award of
Contract, a schedule comprised of all construction operations in
connection with the Contract.
B. Schedule Requirements:
1. Schedule type shall be a Gantt chart. Draw or print the schedule on
reproducible paper, not larger than 30 inches by 42 inches, and show the
sequence and interdependence of activities required for complete
performance of all items of work.
C. Acceleration:
1. If at any time during the project Contractor fails to complete an activity by
its latest scheduled completion date, which late completion will impact the
end date of the work past the Contract completion date, submit within
seven (7) calendar days plans to reorganize the work force to return to the
current schedule.
2. The AUTHORITY may require Contractor to add equipment or
construction forces, as well as increase working hours, if operations fall
behind schedule at any time.
3. Addition of equipment or construction forces, increasing working hours,
or other method, manner, or procedure to return to the contractually
required completion date will not be justification for Contract
modification or treated as an acceleration.
4. Contractor shall plan, schedule, and coordinate construction operations
and activities in a manner that will facilitate progress of work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01310-2 Progress Schedules
SECTION 01320
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Pre -construction Conference: Contractor shall attend a mandatory pre -
construction conference at LCMF, LLC, 615 E. 82nd Avenue, Ste. 200,
Anchorage, Alaska.
1. As a minimum, the following project representatives will attend:
a. AUTHORITY's project manager
b. Engineer's project manager
C. Contractor's project manager
d. Contractor's general superintendent
e. Subcontractors whom the Contractor or Engineer has requested
may attend.
2. The Engineer shall develop an agenda for the preconstruction meeting
approximately one (1) week prior to the meeting. Minimum agenda is a
follows:
a. Identification of Responsible Parties
b. Contract Information
C. DCVRs, Procedures, Contractor Questions and AUTHORITY
Directions
d. Change Order Procedures
e. Project Schedule (provided by the Contractor)
f. Schedule of Values
g. Pay Requests
h. List of Subcontractors
B. Progress meetings: Engineer shall schedule regular progress meetings at least
monthly to review work progress, schedules, and other matters requiring
discussion and resolution. Progress meetings will be held at a location designated
in Anchorage, Alaska, unless otherwise mutually arranged for the benefit of the
project, i.e. Unalakleet. As a minimum, the following project managers or their
representatives will attend.
1. AUTHORITY's project manager
2. Engineer's project manager
3. Contractor's project manager
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01320-1 Project Meetings
SECTION 01370
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provide a detailed breakdown of the agreed Contract Sum showing amounts
allocated to each of the various parts of the work, as specified herein and in other
provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. Related Work:
l: Documents affecting work of this section include, but are not necessarily
limited to, General Conditions, Special Conditions, and Sections in
Division 1 of these Specifications.
2. Preparation and submittal of a schedule of values is required by the
General Conditions.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraph 13.1, Schedule of Values.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to first application for payment, submit a proposed schedule of values to the
Engineer.
1. Prepare schedule of values for the project with tasks identified outlined by
this section.
2. Meet with the Engineer and AUTHORITY to determine additional data, if
any, required to be submitted.
3. Secure the Engineer and AUTHORITY's acceptance of the schedule of
values prior to submitting first application for payment.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Assure arithmetical accuracy of the sums described.
B. When so required by the Engineer, provide copies of documentation or other data
acceptable to the Engineer, substantiating the sums described.
1. Support documentation might include, but not be limited to the following:
a. Insurance and bond invoices
b. Copies of subcontracts
C. Bills of lading
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01370-1 Schedule of Values
d. Material invoices
e. Freight invoices
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SCHEDULE BREAKDOWN
A. The following is the minimum acceptable breakdown:
1. Bond and insurance
2. General Conditions (categorize as required)
3. Freight (categorize as required)
4. Mobilization
5. Demobilization
6. Demolition Activities (includes equipment and labor breakdown)
7. Earthwork
8. Containment Dikes (include materials and labor breakdown for each site)
9. Tank Foundations (include materials and labor breakdown for each site)
10. Vertical Tanks (include materials and labor breakdown for each site)
11. Horizontal Tanks (include materials and labor breakdown for each site)
12. Vertical Tank Repairs and Modifications (include materials and labor
breakdown for each site)
13. Trenching (include materials, equipment and labor breakdown)
14. Pipelines (include materials, equipment and labor breakdown)
15. Mechanical Work (includes materials, equipment and labor breakdown for
each location)
16. Electrical Work (includes materials, equipment and labor breakdown for
each location)
17. Final Clean-up and Punch List
B. The sum of the schedule breakdown shall equal to the total Contract Price.
C. The Schedule of Values shall serve as a basis for calculating progress payments
during construction and shall be presented in such detail to allow the
AUTHORITY to accurately verify the amount and value of work completed as
defined in the Contractor's invoice.
D. The Schedule of Values should correspond to the activities on the Construction
Schedule.
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01370-2 Schedule of Values
SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Contractor's quality assurance program and control procedures in executing the
work.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Article 12, Quality Assurance.
B. Section 01300 — Submittals
C. Section 01600 — Materials and Products
D. All Technical Specifications.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a quality control plan for review and approval.
B. Pipeline and tank weld inspection weekly reports.
C. NACE Certified Inspector weekly reports.
D. Contractor's Chief Inspectors weekly reports.
1.04 DISCREPANCIES
A. If this section and the ANSI / ASME, AWS or API codes conflict, the more
stringent requirement shall apply.
1.05 GENERAL
A. This section identifies Contractor Quality Control (QC) requirements and to
assist:
1. Planning of Quality Control Work
2. Providing of the appropriate Quality Control Personnel
3. Assurance of Quality Work
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01400-1 Quality Control
B. The Engineer's function is to plan, design, and oversee the construction of the
pipelines and facilities. Their responsibility to the AUTHORITY is to ensure the
completion of the project within the parameters established by cost and schedule,
while meeting all the design requirements.
C. Documentation is an extremely important component of the QC effort.
Documentation is required by law and is the basis of evidence that the facility was
constructed as designed and approved. By his signature, the inspector, whether
he is in the Contractor's or Engineer's employment, attest to and certifies that the
report is a factual summation of what he has inspected during the period covered
by this report.
1.06 MEASURING/TESTING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. Calibration and control of measuring/test equipment shall be performed by the
Contractor. The Contractor will use the equipment in accordance to Engineer's
Quality Assurance requirements and approved procedures.
1.07 CONTROL OF NONCONFORMITY
A. The Contractor shall prepare and employ procedures for prompt detection,
verification, recording, technical review, disposition, corrective, and preventative
action of deviations from Engineer's Quality Assurance requirements.
1.08 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION AND TESTS
A. General construction inspection, weld inspection, and coating inspection systems
shall be established by the Contractor using approved procedures.
B. Systems for performing inspection at the construction site by the Contractor shall
be established and implemented according to approved procedures which assure
that the quality of materials, work in process, and completed construction
conforms to Contract requirements. Inspection, instruction, and test procedures
include acceptance criteria as specified in these Specifications and any other
regulatory requirements.
C. Costs of all laboratory testing, retesting, qualification of welding procedures and
welding, requalification, and development of procedure qualification records
(PQR) and Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) shall be borne by the
Contractor.
1.09 QUALITY CONTROL RECORDS
A. Required records and data shall be compiled and maintained by the Contractor in
accordance to the Specifications. As-builts drawings, Specifications, and
engineering documents shall be maintained by the Contractor.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01400-2 Quality Control
1.10 REPORTING AND CORRECTIVE ACTION
A. Within two (2) weeks following a QC audit by the Engineer, the audit team will
prepare a written report of the results and distribute it to the Contractor. The
report shall contain the following information:
1. The type of audits performed and the specific procedures used or
evaluated.
2. The general findings and specific identifications of any nonconformance.
3. Recommendations and required actions.
4. Any agreements made with the Contractor to implement required action
and a time schedule for implementation.
B. Contractor's site management will respond in writing to the auditor, stating the
required actions that will be taken and the time schedule for completion of said
actions.
C. Contractor shall retain copies of audits and all audit correspondence. These
documents shall be used for re -auditing of areas found to contain nonconformance
during a prior audit.
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S QC INSPECTORS
A. Pipeline Inspection: Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified inspection staff
to adequately inspect 100% of the pipeline and piping joints visually in
accordance with the Contract documents. Welding inspection shall be provided
by an approved independent laboratory with at least five years experience on
similar projects.
B. Tank Welding Inspection: Same as above.
C. Coating Inspector:
1. Contractor shall provide a NACE Certified Inspector for all surface
preparation and coating application covered by Section 09910 — Exterior
Coating Systems. NACE Inspector shall be provided by an independent
inspection company with five years experience in Alaska on similar
projects.
D. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, Contractor's QC inspection staff is insufficient
or unqualified to perform satisfactory quality control in accordance with the
Contract documents, Contractor shall replace or supplement QC staff as directed
by the Engineer at no cost to the AUTHORITY.
E. General duties and responsibilities of the Contractor's quality control team are:
1. Chief Inspector: The Chief Inspector's duties and responsibilities shall
include, but are not limited to the following:
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01400-3 Quality Control
a. Be thoroughly familiar with and understand Contract Documents
and construction codes.
b. Assure that all inspectors have current certifications in their
pertinent inspection disciplines. Moreover, assure competence of
inspectors in their disciplines.
C. Determine quantities of work completed for preparation of
progress pay estimates.
d. Assure that all inspectors work in a safe manner and that they
report unsafe practices or work areas.
e. Complete appropriate daily report for inspection activities.
f. Maintain a personal project log noting important job -related events
of each work day.
g. Verify that all inspection activities are conducted in accordance
with all aforementioned documents.
h. Report unsafe work practices and areas.
i. Assure compliance with the Contract Documents.
j. Prepare daily reports summarizing field data.
k. Verify that the pipeline is located on the proper alignment and
station, and within the specified roadway.
1. Inspect material quality.
in. Inspect pipe support installation quality.
n. Verify that pipe supports are properly installed and report
discrepancies.
o. Verify all field testing is performed in accordance with written
procedures.
P. Verify all field testing results.
q. Coordinate overall quality control plan and provide consolidated
QC reporting to the Engineer.
2. Filing Inspector: Not required.
3. Welding Inspector(s): The Welding Inspector(s) shall have the
responsibility of inspecting all welding operations associated with
construction. He (they) shall be familiar with and have a working
knowledge of AWS D1.1; ANSI/ASME 31.4, API 1104 and ASME BPVC
Section IX. Duties include assuring compliance with Section 13200 —
Vertical Storage Tanks, Section 13202 — Vertical Storage Tank Work,
Section 15052 — Welding Pressure Piping and include, but are not limited
to the following:
a. Ensure that the proper procedures are used during construction.
Periodically record voltage, amperage, welding speed, and
consumable types used in each welding procedure.
b. Assist with the certification of each welder and welding operator in
accordance with the Engineer's Specification. . Prepare and
maintain a list of qualified welders, and periodically confirm that
only qualified welders are working on the construction project.
C. Verify the operational condition of all welding equipment.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01400-4 Quality Control
d.
Maintain records of weld rejections and repairs and, where
appropriate, require requalification of welders or procedures with
excessive rejections.
e.
Ensure that consumables are properly stored and issued to welders.
f.
Check fit -up of manual welds prior to production welding, and
periodically inspect fit -up of automatic welds including inspection
of joint edge penetration.
g.
Visually inspect fit -up and general pipe condition.
h.
Monitor preheat interpass temperatures; ensure that no welding is
performed on a wet surface or under conditions of excessive wind
velocity at the weld.
i.
Assure good workmanship, quality welds, and satisfactory weld
repairs as per Engineer's Specifications.
j.
Check material to be welded and the type of weld to be made and
document, with material certification, where applicable.
k.
Audit inspections and perform any inspections as required.
1.
Review electrode selection, storage, and maintenance.
in.
Audit field weld quality by interpreting radiographs.
n.
Troubleshoot inspection problems.
o.
Report unsafe work practices and areas.
P.
Assure that welders are not disposing of welding consumable
and/or any other refuse in the pipeline or piping.
4. NDE Inspector(s): The NDE Inspector(s) shall be familiar with and have
a working knowledge of AWS D1.1, ANSI B31.4, API 1104 and all
applicable
drawings, inspection requirements, and referenced standards.
Individual(s) shall be certified in accordance with the American Society
for Nondestructive Testing, SNT-TC-1 a. His duties shall include, but are
not limited to the following:
a.
Inspection of qualification of each NDE Contractor or inspector
based on personal observation of their work, certification
documents, training, and experience. Maintain records of all
qualified personnel.
b.
Verify that the Contractor's NDE procedures have been approved
by Engineer.
C.
Establish an independent records system of the Contractor's work
and compare results with the Contractor's system at least weekly,
and advise the Chief Inspector as appropriate of any discrepancies.
d.
Study and understand the Specifications, Drawings, and all
supporting documents with respect to inspection requirements.
e.
Approve calibration and operating condition of equipment.
f.
Schedule NDE for all work activities.
g.
Perform visual inspection of welding and any other work to be
subject of NDE.
h.
Report unsafe work practices and areas.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01400-5 Quality Control
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01400-6 Quality Control
SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls,
including utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.
B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Water service
2. Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking -water
facilities
3. Heating and cooling facilities
4. Ventilation
5. Electric power service
6. Lighting
7. Telephone/facsimile
C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Project identification and temporary signs
2. Water storage facilities
3. Waste disposal facilities
4. Office or common use facility
5. Storage
6. Lifts and hoists
7. Temporary ladders and scaffolding
8. Construction aides and miscellaneous services and facilities
D. Security and protection facilities include but are not limited to, the following:
1. Environmental protection
2. Temporary secure enclosures
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraph 6.14, Use of Premises, and
Paragraph 7.6, Sanitary Provisions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit temporary facility proposed locations, and construction.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01500-1 Temporary Facilities and Controls
1.04 USE CHARGES
A. Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the
AUTHORITY or Engineer, and shall be included in the Contract Price. Allow
other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but
not limited to, the following:
1. Engineer
2. AUTHORITY
3. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Water Service: Pay water service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for
water used by all entities engaged in construction activities.
C. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges, whether metered
or otherwise, for electricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services
and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work:
1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.
2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the
Work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide new materials or undamaged previously used materials in
serviceable condition. Provide materials suitable for use intended.
2.02 EQUIPMENT
A. Provide equipment suitable for use intended.
B. Field Office: Local office with lockable entrances, operable windows, and
serviceable finishes; heated; on foundations adequate for normal loading.
C. Fire extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated.
D. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent
insertion of 110V to 120V plus into higher voltage outlets; equipped with ground
fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01500-2 Temporary Facilities and Controls
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum
interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as
required.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and
modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed.
3.02 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or
connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the
service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and
equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations.
1. Arrange with utility company, AUTHORITY, and existing users for time
when distribution system can be interrupted, if necessary, to make
connections for temporary services.
2. Provide adequate capacity for each stage of construction.
B. Provide job site first aid kit, eyewash fountains, and similar facilities for
convenience, safety, and sanitation of personnel.
C. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service
and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics
during construction period. Include overload -protected disconnecting means,
automatic ground -fault interrupters, and distribution panel. Provide meter if not
provided by utility company.
D. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction
period for a common -use facility or office used by all personnel engaged in
construction activities.
1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. Provide a telephone line for facsimile machine in each common
use facility or office.
b. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
1. Police and fire departments
2. Medical Emergency
3. Contractor's home office
4. Engineers' offices
5. AUTHORITY's office
6. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
C. Provide messaging service on superintendent's telephone.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01500-3 Temporary Facilities and Controls
d. Furnish superintendent with portable communications device for
use when away from field office, i.e. Cellular phone, two-way
radio, etc.
3.03 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary
construction and support facilities for easy access in approved locations.
2. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste -collection containers in sizes
adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Containerize and
clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials
separately from other waste.
3. All facilities shall comply with OSHA regulations.
3.04 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and
conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental
regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination
or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that
produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours
that will minimize complaints from persons in the vicinity of the Project site.
3.05 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize
waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended
uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
Protect from damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
C. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
D. Prevent water -filled piping from freezing.
E. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its
service has ended, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if
necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of
interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, and replace
construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01500-4 Temporary Facilities and Controls
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property
of Contractor.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used
during construction period. Comply with cleaning requirements in
Section 01710 — Cleaning.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01500-5 Temporary Facilities and Controls
SECTION 01600
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Products.
B. Transportation and Handling.
C. Storage and Protection.
D. Product Options.
E. Contractor Representations.
F. Systems Demonstration.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraph 6.5, Materials and Equipment.
B. Section 01100 — Summary of Work.
C. Section 01300 — Submittals.
D. All Technical Specifications.
1.03 PRODUCTS
A. Products include material, equipment and systems.
B. Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as minimum requirements.
C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification section shall
be the same and shall be interchangeable.
1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in dry, undamaged
condition in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01600-1 Materials and Products
B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling
or damage.
C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements,
quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.
1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels
intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather -tight enclosures; maintain
within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions.
B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.
Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide
ventilation to avoid condensation.
C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well -drained area; prevent
mixing with foreign matter.
D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure
products are undamaged and maintained under required conditions until incorporated
in the Work.
1.06 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers followed by the term "No
Substitutions": Use only specified manufacturers, no substitutions allowed.
B. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product
meeting those standards.
C. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment is identified in the Contract
Documents by reference to manufacturer's or vendor's names, trade names, catalog
numbers, etc., it is intended to establish a minimum standard. Unless otherwise
noted, any substitute material, article or equipment of other manufacturers or vendors
which will perform adequately the duties imposed by the general design of the
project will be considered equally acceptable; provided, the substitute material,
article or equipment so proposed is, in the opinion of the Engineer, of equal
substance, function, dimension, appearance and quality.
D. Prior to the bid opening, the Bidder shall make his own determination in selecting
which specified or substitute equipment to base his proposal upon. Substituted items
shall be equal to or better than that specified or indicated in regards to quality,
workmanship, finish, space requirements, electrical requirements, performance or
warranties.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01600-2 Materials and Products
E. After the bid opening, the Contractor shall submit sufficient data in accordance with
this Section to establish equality. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of equality
and acceptability.
F. Acceptance of substitute materials will not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility for any changes in his own Work or in the Work of other crafts caused
by the substitution. Any additional costs resulting from substitutions are the
responsibility of the Contractor.
G. Any proposed substitution whose characteristics differ from the specified item to
such an extent as to necessitate changes in the mechanical, electrical or other basic
design of the Project, shall include the cost of any such changes, the design and the
cost of design, which costs shall be borne by the Contractor. Determination of a
substitution request will be based on the Engineer's comparisons as to quality,
adaptability, aesthetics, Contract amount change, if applicable, etc., between the
proposed substitution and specified item.
H. Only one request for substitution will be considered for each product. When
substitution is not accepted, provide specified product.
I. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance.
1.07 CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATION
A. Request for substitution constitutes a representation that Contractor has investigated
proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to
specified product.
B. Contractor will provide same warranty for substitution as for specified product.
C. Contractor will coordinate installation of accepted substitute, making such changes
as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects.
D. Contractor certifies that cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs
under this Contract.
E. Contractor waives claims for additional costs related to substitution that may later
become apparent.
1.08 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION
A. Prior to final inspection, Contractor will demonstrate operation of each system to
Engineer.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01600-3 Materials and Products
B. Contractor will instruct AUTHORITY'S personnel in operation, adjustment and
maintenance of equipment and systems, using the operation and maintenance data as
the basis of instruction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01600-4 Materials and Products
SECTION 01630
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section describes product options available to bidders and the Contractor,
plus procedures for securing approval of substitutions. Request for substitutions
will not be considered prior to award of the Contract.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Documents affecting work of this section include, but are not necessarily limited
to: General Conditions, Special Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications.
B. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraphs 6.9, 6.10 and 6.11 for
Substitutes "or Equal" Items, Substitute Means and Methods, and Evaluation of
Substitution.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Make submittals in accordance with pertinent provisions of the General
Conditions and Section 01300.
B. Submit options and substitutions under the Technical Specifications where the
item is specified.
1.04 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. The Contract is based on standards of quality established in the Contract
Documents.
1. In agreeing to the terms and conditions of the Contract, the Contractor has
accepted a responsibility to verify that the specified products will be
available, and to place orders for all required materials in such a timely
manner as is needed to meet his agreed construction schedule.
2. Neither the AUTHORITY nor the Engineer has agreed to the substitution
of materials or methods called for in the Contract Documents, except as
they may specifically otherwise state in writing.
B. Materials and/or methods specified by name:
1. Where materials and/or methods are specified by naming one single
manufacturer and/or model number, without stating that equal products
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01630-1 Product Options and Substitutions
will be considered, only the material and/or method named is approved for
incorporation into the Work.
2. Should the Contractor demonstrate to the approval of the Engineer that a
specified material or method was ordered in a timely manner and will not
be available in time for incorporation into this Work, the Contractor shall
submit to the Engineer such data on proposed substitute materials and/or
methods as are needed to help the Engineer determine suitability of the
proposed substitution.
C. Where materials and/or methods are specified by name and/or model number,
followed by the words "or an equal approved":
1. The material and/or method specified by name establish the required
standard of quality.
2. Materials and/or methods proposed by the Contractor to be used in lieu of
materials and/or methods so specified by name, shall in all ways equal or
exceed the qualities of the named materials and/or methods.
D. The following products do not require further approval except for interface within
the work:
1. Products specified by reference to standard Specifications such as ASTM
and similar standards.
2. Products specified by manufacturer's name and catalog model number.
All equipment and similar items provided "as specified" shall be
submitted for record.
E. Where the phrase "or equal," "or equal as approved by the Engineer", and "or
approved substitute" occurs in the Contract Documents, do not assume that the
materials, equipment, or methods will be approved as equal unless the item has
been specifically so approved for this work by the Engineer.
F. The decisions of the Engineer shall be final.
1.05 DELAYS
A. Delays in construction arising by reason of the non -availability of a specified
material and/or method will not be considered by the Engineer as justifying an
extension of the agreed Time of Completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01630-2 Product Options and Substitutions
SECTION 01700
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section describes an orderly and efficient transfer of the completed Work to
the AUTHORITY.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Documents affecting work of this section include, but are not necessarily limited
to: General Conditions, Special Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications.
B. Activities relative to Substantial Completion, Project Closeout, and Contract
Closeout are described in the General Conditions.
C. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraphs 13.10 and 13.11 for
Substantial Completion and Final Completion.
D. Section 01720 — Project Record Documents shall be submitted prior to
Substantial Completion.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prior to requesting inspection by the Engineer, use adequate means to assure that
the Work is substantially completed in accordance with the specified
requirements, and is ready for the requested inspection.
1.04 PROCEDURES
A. Substantial Completion:
1. Substantial completion is defined as that point at which the facilities are
basically complete to the AUTHORITY's satisfaction in accordance with
Document 00700 — General Conditions, Article 1, Definitions. All
mechanical and life safety features shall have been installed, and be
functionally operational. Remaining work shall be extremely minor or
require seasonal opportunity to complete or subject to delayed completion
items, and shall not impair the functionality or health and life safety
features of the facilities.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01700-1 Project Closeout
2. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, prior to the date when
the work will be substantially completed and ready for inspection.
3. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the Engineer will
inspect to determine status of completion.
4. Should the Engineer determine that the work is not substantially complete:
a. The Engineer promptly will so notify the Contractor, in writing,
giving the reasons therefore.
b. The Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies and notify the
Engineer when ready for reinspection.
C. The Engineer will reinspect the work.
d. The Contractor shall be liable for expenses incurred by the
AUTHORITY and Engineer for reason of such Substantial
Completion Reinspection.
5. When the Engineer concurs that the work is substantially complete:
a. The Engineer will prepare a "Memorandum of Acceptance",
accompanied by the Punch List of items to be completed or
corrected, as verified by the Engineer.
b. The Engineer will submit the Memorandum to the AUTHORITY
and to the Contractor for their written acceptance of the
responsibilities assigned to them in the Memorandum.
C. Once the Contractor executes the Memorandum, it must be
returned to the Engineer.
B. Immediately following approval of Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall
submit the following documents:
1. Contractor's Certificate and Release.
C. Final Inspection:
1. Final Inspection shall be defined as that period at which all Work in the
Contract is 100% complete and no minor details remain to be performed
in accordance with Document 00700 — General Conditions, Article 1,
Definitions.
2. Final Inspection shall not be made until all Work under the contract is
completed. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, prior to
the date when the work will be ready for final inspection.
3. Following notification, a representative of the AUTHORITY will make an
inspection of the Contractor's work and record any deficiencies on the
Final Punch List. The Contractor shall immediately correct these
deficiencies at his own expense and notify the Engineer in writing when
all items have been corrected. The Engineer will reinspect the work to
assure correction of all deficiencies before release of amounts retained for
minor, seasonal or delayed items. The Contractor shall be liable for all
costs of reinspection when the Substantial Completion Punch List
deficiencies have not been corrected at the time of the Final Inspection
and reinspection is required.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01700-2 Project Closeout
4. Any reasonable delay by the AUTHORITY in making Final Inspection
shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the Work, nor shall
the AUTHORITY be held responsible for damages or claims for
compensation on account of continuing overhead, maintenance, etc.,
occasioned by such a delay.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01700-3 Project Closeout
SECTION 01710
CLEANING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. During the term of this Contract, the Contractor shall remove as promptly as
possible any materials and equipment which are not required for the completion
of the Work. All debris shall be removed from the site and legally disposed of.
The Contractor shall take particular care to eliminate any hazards created by his
operations.
B. Related Sections:
1. Documents affecting Work of this section include, but are not necessarily
limited to: General Conditions, Special Conditions, and Sections in
Division 1 of these Specifications.
2. In addition to standards described in this section, comply with
requirements for cleaning as described in other pertinent sections of these
Specifications.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Provide required personnel, equipment, and materials needed to maintain the
specified standard of cleanliness.
2.02 COMPATIBILITY
A. Use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible with the
surface being cleaned, as recommended by the manufacturer of the material.
B. Materials used for cleaning shall not harm the existing vegetative mat of the
tundra.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01710-1 Cleaning
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. At the completion of the project, or prior thereto if so directed by the
Architect/Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for complete cleaning of
those portions of the project, which his work affects.
1. Contractor shall remove from the facility all tools, equipment, surplus
materials, debris, temporary structures, and other material not
incorporated in the permanent installation.
B. Restoration of Damaged Property
To the extent that any roads, vegetation, structures, utilities or other items are
damaged or displaced by the Contractor's operations, these shall be restored to
their original or better condition prior to the Substantial Inspection. This shall
include both on -site and off -site items. Any damage which is severe enough to
disrupt community travel or utilities shall be repaired by the Contractor
immediately, when requested by the AUTHORITY's Representative.
C. Cleaning, repair, and restoration must be accomplished prior to Final Inspection,
to the satisfaction of and at no additional cost to the AUTHORITY.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01710-2 Cleaning
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples.
B. Submittal of Record Documents and Samples.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraph 6.16 — Record Documents.
B. Section 01150 — Surveying.
C. Section 01300 — Submittals.
D. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout.
E. Individual Specifications Sections: Manufacturer's certificates and certificates of
inspection.
1.03 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. In addition to requirements in General Conditions, maintain at the site for
AUTHORITY one accurate record copy of:
1. Contract Drawings.
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
5. Reviewed Shop Drawings, product data, and samples.
6. Survey and field records.
7. Field test records.
8. Inspection certificates.
9. Manufacturer's certificates.
B. Prior to Substantial Completion, provide original or legible copies of each item
maintained by CONTRACTOR as listed in 1.03.A above.
C. Delegate responsibility for maintenance of Record Documents to one person on
CONTRACTOR's staff.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01720-1 Project Record Documents
D. Promptly following award of Contract, secure from AUTHORITY, at no cost to
the CONTRACTOR, one (1) complete set of all Documents comprising the
Contract.
E. Immediately upon receipt of job set described above, identify each Document
with title "RECORD DOCUMENTS — JOB SET".
F. Store record documents and samples in field office apart from documents used for
construction. Provide files, racks, and secure storage for record documents and
samples.
G. Label and file record documents and samples in accordance with section number
listings in table of contents of this Project manual. Label each document
"PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters.
H. Maintain record documents in a clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use
record documents for construction purposes.
I. Use all means necessary to maintain job set of Record Documents completely
protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of Work
and transfer of recorded data to AUTHORITY.
J. Keep record documents and samples available for inspection by AUTHORITY.
K. Upon request by the AUTHORITY and at time of each Application for Payment,
submit complete collection of record documents to the AUTHORITY for review
and duplication as desired.
L. AUTHORITY's approval of current status of Record Documents will be
prerequisite to AUTHORITY's approval of requests for progress payments and
request for final payment.
1. Prior to submitting each request for progress payment, secure
AUTHORITY's approval of Record Documents as currently maintained.
2. Prior to submitting request for Final Payment, obtain AUTHORITY's
approval of final Record Documents.
M. Do not use job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review and
copying by AUTHORITY.
1.04 RECORDING
A. Record information on a set of black line opaque Drawings, and in a copy of a
Project manual, provided by AUTHORITY.
B. Using felt tip marking pens, ballpoint pens, or colored pencil, maintaining
separate colors for each major system, clearly describe changes by note and by
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01720-2 Project Record Documents
graphic line, as required. Date all entries. Call attention to entry by a "cloud"
around area or areas affected.
C. Thoroughly coordinate all changes within Record Documents, making adequate
and proper entries on each Specification Section and each sheet of Drawings and
other Documents where such entry is required to properly show change or
selection.
D. When a change within Record Documents is referenced to another document,
such as Design Clarification Request, Shop Drawing, or Change Order, attach a
copy of the referenced document to the respective Record Drawing or Record
Specification where the entry is made.
E. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual
construction, including:
1. Measured depths of elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor
datum. Accurate to the nearest inch.
2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and
appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. Accurate
to the nearest inch.
3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in
construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction.
4. Field changes of dimension and detail.
5. Changes made by modifications.
6. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
7. References to related Shop Drawings and modifications.
8. Clearly label all changes and show dimensions to establish size and
location. All identifications shall be sufficiently descriptive to relate
reliably to Specifications.
F. Specifications: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, and catalog number of each product actually
installed, particularly optional items and substitute items.
2. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.
G. Other Documents: Maintain manufacturer's certifications, inspection
certifications, and field test records required by individual Specifications sections.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Upon submittal of the completed Record Documents, make changes in Record
Documents as required by the AUTHORITY.
B. Transmit Record Documents, with cover letter in duplicate, listing:
1. Date.
2. AUTHORITY's Project title and number.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01720-3 Project Record Documents
3. CONTRACTOR's name, address, and telephone number.
4. Number and title of each record document.
5. Signature of CONTRACTOR or authorized representative.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01720-4 Project Record Documents
SECTION 01770
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures to be followed in closing out the Contract.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Document 00700 — General Conditions, Paragraphs 13.14, 13.15 and 13.17 for
Final Payment, Final Acceptance, and Waiver of Claims by Contractor.
B. Document 00700 — General Conditions.
1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Substantial completion date for the Contract shall be established as stated in the
General Conditions.
1.04 FINAL SUBMITTALS
A. No Contract will be finalized until all of the following have been submitted as
required in Section 01300 — Submittals:
1. Submittals.
2. Operation and Maintenance manuals.
3. Project Record Documents.
4. Application for Final Payment.
B. No Contract will be finalized until all warranties and guarantees, bonds,
certifications, licenses, affidavits, evidence of payment of Subcontracts and
suppliers, and certificate of release required for work or equipment as specified
are satisfactorily filed with the Engineer and AUTHORITY.
1.05 RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS
A. No Contract will be finalized until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has
been submitted to AUTHORITY as required by the General Conditions.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01770-1 Contract Closeout
1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES
A. As a condition precedent to Final Payment, all guarantees and warranties as
specified under various sections of the Contract Documents shall be obtained by
the CONTRACTOR and delivered to the AUTHORITY, in duplicate giving a
summary of guarantees attached and stating the following in respect to each:
1. Character of Work affected.
2. Name of Subcontractors.
3. Period of Guarantee.
4. Conditions of Guarantee.
B. Delivery of said guarantees and/or warranties shall not relieve the
CONTRACTOR from any obligations assumed under any other provision of the
Contract.
C. If, within any guarantee period, repairs or changes are required in connection with
the guaranteed Work, which in the opinion of the AUTHORITY is rendered
necessary as the result of the use of materials, equipment or workmanship, which
are defective, or inferior, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the
CONTRACTOR shall, upon receipt of notice from the AUTHORITY, and
without expense to the AUTHORITY, proceed within seven (7) calendar days to:
1. Place in satisfactory conditions in every particular all of such guaranteed
Work, correct all defects therein, and make good all damages to the
structure or site.
2. Make good all Work or materials, or the equipment and contents of
structures or site distrubed in fulfilling any such guarantee.
D. If the CONTRACTOR, after notice, fails to comply without the terms of the
guarantee, the AUTHORITY may have the defects corrected and the
CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR's Surety shall be liable for all expenses
incurred in connection therewith, including Engineer's fees.
1.07 STATEMENT OF ADJUSTMENT TO ACCOUNTS
A. With the request for final payment, submit final statement reflecting adjustments
to Contract Price indicating:
1. Original Contract Price.
2. Previous Change Orders.
3. Changes under allowances.
4. Changes under Unit Prices.
5. Deductions for uncorrected Work.
6. Penalties and bonuses.
7. Deductions for liquidated damages.
8. Deductions for reinspection fees.
9. Other adjustments to Contract Price.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01770-2 Contract Closeout
10. Total Contract Price as adjusted.
11. Previous payments.
12. Sum remaining due.
B. AUTHORITY will issue a final Change Order reflecting all remaining
adjustments to Contract Price not previously made by Change Orders.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCESSORIES
A. Contractor shall furnish to the AUTHORITY upon acceptance of work all
required spill response equipment, padlocks, dike drainage pumps, water draw
pumps, and similar loose items specified to be provided for this project.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FINAL CLEANING
A. At completion of Work and immediately prior to final inspection, clean entire
project according to the following provisions and Section 01710 — Cleaning:
1. Clean, sweep, wash, and polish work and equipment provided under the
Contract, including finishes. Leave the structures and site in a complete
and finished condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer and
AUTHORITY.
2. Should Contractor not remove rubbish or debris, or not clean the facilities
and site as specified above, the AUTHORITY reserves the right to have
final cleaning done at the sole expense of the Contractor.
B. The Contractor shall:
l . Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.
2. Conduct final inspection of exposed interior and exterior surfaces and of
concealed spaces in preparation for substantial completion or occupancy.
3. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign
materials from exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish
surfaces designated to shine finish.
4. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, and match
adjacent surfaces.
5. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces.
6. Remove debris accumulated along the fence, and around the access roads
and containment dikes.
7. Remove snow and ice from access to buildings, access roads, and
containment area.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01770-3 Contract Closeout
8. Remove from the construction site and Contractor's staging area
temporary structures and materials, equipment, and appurtenances not
required as part of, or appurtenant to, the completed work. See Section
01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls.
9. Leave water courses, gutters, and ditches open and in condition
satisfactory to Engineer.
C. The Facility Owner or the respective participant will assume responsibility for
cleaning as of the date of Final Completion.
3.02 FINAL INSPECTION
A. After final cleaning and upon written notice from Contractor that Work is
completed, Engineer will make preliminary inspection with the AUTHORITY
and Contractor present. Upon completion of preliminary inspection, Engineer
will notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which the completed Work is
defective or incomplete.
B. Upon receiving written notice from Engineer, Contractor shall immediately
undertake Work required to remedy defects and complete the Work to the
satisfaction of Engineer and AUTHORITY.
C. After the items as listed in Engineer's written notice are corrected or completed,
inform Engineer in writing that required Work has been completed. Upon receipt
of this notice, Engineer, in the presence of AUTHORITY and Contractor, will
make final inspection of the project.
D. Should the Engineer find all Work satisfactory at the time of final inspection,
Contractor will be allowed to make application for final payment in accordance
with provisions of the General Conditions. Should Engineer still find deficiencies
in the Work, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of deficiencies and will
not approve Contractor's request for final payment until such time as Contractor
has satisfactorily completed the required Work.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01770-4 Contract Closeout
SECTION 01800
INCIDENTAL WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Several items of Work, not covered in the Bid Proposal, will be considered
incidental to the cost of the Contract. These items shall include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1. Safe handling and disposal of fuel, oil, paint and thinners, and other
hazardous material.
2. Safety program to protect workers and residents.
3. Sanitation facilities for workers.
4. Post -construction cleanup.
5. Climate controls for painting, such as tenting and heaters.
6. Disposal of spent blasting sand.
7. Disposal and hauling of unsuitable materials removed from excavations.
8. Protection of materials and work from weather during construction.
9. Snow removal.
10. Provisions for temporary fueling or fuel transfers.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 01800-1 Incidental Work
DIVISION 2 -SITE CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Section covers the Work necessary for the demolition and removal of
facilities as indicated on the Drawings.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The most current editions of the following references, by their citation, are
considered to be a part of these project specifications as if they were included in
full.
1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
a. 29 CFR 1910.
2. Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC)
a. 18 AAC 75.
1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Work includes demolition and removal of existing construction as indicated.
All materials resulting from demolition work, except as indicated or specified
otherwise, shall become the property of the Contractor.
B. Demolition materials shall be removed from the limits of the site and disposed of
at the community landfill, or backhauled out of the community to an appropriate
disposal site.
C. Rubbish and debris shall be removed from property daily unless otherwise
directed, so as to not allow accumulation on the site. Materials that cannot be
removed daily shall be stored in areas specified by the AUTHORITY.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Work Plan for demolition and removal work thirty (30) days prior to
beginning this Work. The procedures proposed for the accomplishment of
demolition and removal work shall be submitted for approval. The procedures
shall provide for safe conduct of the Work, careful removal and disposition of
materials specified to be reused, protection of property which is to remain
undisturbed, coordination with other work in progress, and timely reconnection
of systems required to stay in service. The procedures shall include a detailed
description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation, and the
sequence of operations.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02050-1 Demolition and Removal
1.05 PROTECTION
A. Before beginning any demolition or removal work, the Contractor shall carefully
survey the existing work and examine the Construction Documents to determine
the extent of the Work. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to
insure against damage to existing work to remain in place, to be reused, or to
remain the property of the Facility Owner, and any damage to such work shall
be repaired or replaced as approved by the AUTHORITY at no additional cost
to the AUTHORITY. The Contractor shall carefully coordinate the Work of this
section with all other Work.
B. Environmental Protection: All Work and Contractor operations shall comply
with the requirements of the Environmental Protection Agency, Alaska
Department of Environmental Conservation, and local requirements.
C. Discharges of fuel or other hazardous materials into the environment during the
demolition operations shall be promptly reported to the AUTHORITY,
Engineer, and the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (as
required by law). Contractor will be responsible for all cleanup costs resulting
from his actions.
1.06 BURNING
A. The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris will
not be permitted. For disposal of refuse at the local landfill, contact the City of
Unalakleet.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Contractor shall schedule and coordinate his demolition and removal, and new
construction/renovation activities, such that complete and operable fuel systems
are maintained at all times.
1.08 SAFETY
A. Demolition and removal procedures will comply with all OSHA safety
requirements and shall be performed in a safe manner.
B. All personnel employed for demolition and removal shall be adequately trained
and thoroughly familiar with the safety precautions for controlling the hazards
associated with this Work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02050-2 Demolition and Removal
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Remove items noted on the Construction Drawings.
B. No on -site disposal is available.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for making arrangements for all disposals.
D. Remove and protect items for reuse where required.
3.02 TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS
A. Provide temporary connections where required for fuel transfers to maintain
operations as required. All provisions for temporary fuel transfers shall conform
to State and Federal requirements.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02050-3 Demolition and Removal
SECTION 02082
DECOMMISSIONING FUEL STORAGE TANKS AND PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Requirements for draining and decommissioning of fuel storage tanks and piping.
B. Procedures for draining, cleaning and abandoning aboveground fuel storage
tanks.
C. Procedures for containing, transporting, and disposal of tank sludge and other
hazardous waste.
D. Procedures for draining and abandoning piping.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. API 2015 Requirements for Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks.
B. 29 CFR 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response.
C. 40 CFR Chapter I, Subchapter I - Solid Wastes, Parts 260 through 265.
D. 49 CFR Subtitle B, Chapter I, Subchapter A - Hazardous Materials and Oil
Transportation, and Subchapter C - Hazardous Materials Regulations.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Health and Safety Plan which includes the Work Plan for decommissioning fuel
storage tanks and piping as required by this Section.
B. Monitoring equipment manufacturers' data proposed to complete the required
Work.
C. Overpack Drums
D. Manifests for disposal of all Hazardous Wastes.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Decommissioning Fuel
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02082-1 Storage Tanks and Piping
E. Any test reports or test results for sludge or other potentially hazardous waste,
deeming the waste non -hazardous.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. All tank sludge and other hazardous waste generated shall be contained, stored,
transported, and disposed of in accordance with all Federal, State, and local
Regulations, Statues and Laws.
B. Decommissioned tanks will be left in place. Piping and associated equipment will
be drained, capped at each end, and abandoned in place.
1.06 REQUIRED DECOMMISSIONING
A. All work associated with decommissioning of fuel storage tanks and the
associated piping, unless otherwise indicated, is to be included as Additive
Alternate A.
B. The existing fuel storage tanks listed in Table 1 shall be decommissioned by this
project. The table indicates approximate capacities, diameters, heights or lengths,
product currently stored in each tank, location, and which sheet of the
Construction Drawings the tanks are shown on. All of the tanks are located
within the developed town site on the on the west side of Kouwegok Slough. The
following clarifications to tank locations are provided. Coordinate exact location
of each tank and decommissioning with the respective tank Owner.
1. West Coast Aviation Service tanks with the location listed as "Other" are
either at the Airport, at their shop, or at another location within the
developed town site.
2. One or two of the Unalakleet Native Corporation tanks are located at a
separated site than indicated in the Table, near the southern end of the
developed town site.
C. Tank Fuel: Table 1 also indicated the estimated amount of fuel the Contractor
must pump, filter and transfer from the existing tanks to new tanks provided by
this project for each of the respective entities. The Contractor is responsible for
maintaining fuel quality and compensating the Owner (respective entity) for fuel
losses in excess of those associated with normal handling. The quantities
indicated in Table 1 are approximate and could come from any combination of all
tanks and all entities.
D. Tank Sludge: Assume a total of 10 barrels (55 gallon steel drums) of sludge will
have to be removed from the tanks decommissioned by this project.
E. Piping shall be disconnected from each tank and blinded or capped at each end.
Either removing tank shell valve from each tank and capping or blinding each
opened end on the piping, or inserting a "pancake" or "skillet" blind between two
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Decommissioning Fuel
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02082-2 Storage Tanks and Piping
flange faces with gaskets will be acceptable. Fuel shall be completely removed
from piping. Disconnect piping at all terminations and install caps or plugs. The
following piping shall be decommissioned. Pipe lengths and sizes are
approximate and shall be field verified.
1. West Coast Aviation Service (WCAS): There is minimal piping
associated with the West Coast facilities as fuel transfers are conducted by
directly connecting to cam locks installed on tank shell valves.
2. Unalakleet Valley Electric Corporation (UVEC): Draining, capping, and
abandoning marine header and tank manifold piping is included in the
Base Bid, see sheet C-11.
3. City of Unalakleet (City): 3-inch tank manifold piping including marine
header connection inside the dike, 1-inch supply pipe to water treatment
plant, and two 2-inch supply pipes to existing dual product motor vehicle
dispenser as shown on Sheet C-13.
4. Bering Strait School District (BSSD):
a. Tank Farm #1: 3-inch tank manifold piping including marine
header connection inside the dike. Draining, capping, and
abandoning existing 1.5-inch fuel supply piping is included in the
Base Bid. See Sheet C-16 for BSSD School Storage Building and
Housing Site Plan.
b. Tank Farm #2: 3-inch tank manifold piping inside the dike, 1000
foot 3-inch below grade marine header pipeline between tank farm
and the bank of the Kouwegok Slough, and 400 feet of fuel supply
piping between the bulk tanks and five supply tanks throughout the
School complex. Supply piping includes a distribution pump
installed inside a box adjacent to the closest supply tank. See
Sheet C-14 for BSSD School Subdivision Site Plan.
5. Unalakleet Native Corporation (UNC): 300 feet of 4-inch and 70 feet of
3-inch tank manifold piping including marine header connection inside the
dike. Two 200 foot long 3-inch fuel supply pipes between UNC Tank
Farm and Corporation Store are also included in this Work. See Sheet C-1
for UNC Tank Farm arrangement and Sheet C-17 for UNC Gas Station
Site Plan.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Overpacks and steel drums for storing tank sludge and other hazardous waste
must meet U.S. DOT and U.S. EPA requirements for transportation.
B. Personal Protection Equipment must be appropriate for hazardous materials
encountered on the work site and meet all Federal and State OSHA requirements.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Decommissioning Fuel
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02082-3 Storage Tanks and Piping
C. Equipment to Monitor Hazardous Atmosphere — The Contractor shall use oxygen
meters, combustible gas indicators, colorimetric indicator tubes, organic vapor
monitors or other approved equipment as required to determine if a toxic, anoxic,
or explosive environment exists.
D. Contractor shall maintain a site -specific Health and Safety Plan that includes but
is not limited to:
1. List of key personnel.
2. Health and Safety Risk Analysis that meets 29 CFR Subpart I, Section
1910.120(c).
3. Comprehensive Work Plan.
4. Confined Space Entry Procedures.
5. Site Control Measures.
6. Health and Safety Training Requirements.
7. Standard Operating Procedures.
8. Emergency Response Procedures
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 TANK DECOMMISSIONING
A. The Contractor shall visually inspect all aboveground tanks designated for
decommissioning. Contractor shall determine if product exists within each tank.
If product exists, Contractor shall pump, filter and transfer all useable product to
the new tank(s) being constructed under this project to replace the existing ones.
After Contractor decommissions tanks, the tank Owner (respective entity) will
remove and dispose of the tanks.
B. The Contractor shall clean and gas free the interior of each tank and deemed tank
safe for entry without restrictions in accordance to API 2015. The Contractor
shall implement their confined space entry procedures before any worker enters
each tank. The Contractor shall monitor the tank atmosphere for toxicity, oxygen
levels, and explosive vapors.
C. If sludge is removed from the tank, the Contractor shall place the sludge in an
appropriate container and attach a label that contains the following information:
1. Identification number.
2. Location of tank.
3. Ownership of tank.
4. Date of Accumulation.
D. Appropriate Personal Protection Equipment will be used to protect workers from
work site hazards.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Decommissioning Fuel
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02082-4 Storage Tanks and Piping
E. All tanks shall be rendered unusable by the Contractor. This could include
cutting nozzles below the liquid line out of the tanks, or cutting three to eight inch
diameter holes in the bottom of the tanks. Ladders on any tanks shall be cut off
10 foot above grade to prevent unauthorized access to the top of the tanks. If
holes are cut in the side of the tanks for cleaning or other personnel access, the
plate cut from the tank shall be tack welded back in place to prevent further
unauthorized access into the tank after decommissioning is completed.
3.02 PIPE DECOMMISSIONING
A. All fuel and residually liquid shall be completely removed from existing piping as
follows, or by alternate means and method submitted by the Contractor. If
alternate means and methods will be used by the Contractor this shall be
described in his Work Plan required by this section.
1. Piping 2-inch and smaller: Remove fuel by disconnecting each end of the
piping system and blowing fuel out of the pipe with a compressed gas.
The velocity of the compressed gas in the pipe shall be sufficient to
remove essential all residual liquid from the pipe.
2. Piping larger than 2-inch: Remove fuel by disconnecting each end of the
piping system and propelling a foam pig through the pipeline at a
sufficient velocity to remove essentially all remaining liquid. Pig shall be
propelled by a compressed gas. At least three pigs shall be propelled
through each pipe segment.
B. The Contractor shall contain, filter, and transfer all usable fuel removed from
piping to the respective entities tanks. Any unusable fuel or sludge shall be
assumed to be a hazardous waste and disposed of by the Contractor in accordance
with this Specification.
C. After fuel is removed from the piping install caps, plugs, or blinds on each end of
the piping and abandon piping in place. After the Contractor decommissions
piping, the Owner (respective entity) will remove and dispose of the piping.
3.03 HAZARDOUS WASTES
A. All containerized sludge shall be deemed hazardous unless testing conducted in
accordance with State, Federal, and local requirements shows the sludge to be
non -hazardous.
B. All waste that is deemed hazardous shall be manifested in accordance with 40
CFR Parts 260-265 and shipped in accordance with U.S. DOT 49 CFR Parts 100-
185 regulations. The Contractor shall use EPA Uniform Hazardous Waste
Manifest, OMB No. 2050-0039, EPA form 8700-22. In addition to the Federal
requirements, all State and local requirements shall be strictly adhered to.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Decommissioning Fuel
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02082-5 Storage Tanks and Piping
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. All monitoring equipment must be calibrated daily in accordance with the
manufacturer's requirements.
B. The Contractor Safety Officer is responsible for implementing the OSHA
requirements for worker safety on the work site. This includes, but is not limited
to, confined space entry, atmospheric monitoring, and proper personal protection
equipment.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Decommissioning Fuel
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02082-6 Storage Tanks and Piping
TABLE I
TANK DECOMMISSIONING
Owner
Tank No.
Diameter
(ft)
Height or
Length (ft)
Vertical or
Horizontal (ft)
Product
Capacity
Location
Sheet
WCAS
1
35
16
V
AvGas
120,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
2
14
17.5
V
Jet A-50
20,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
3
14
17.5
V
AvGas
20,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
4
9.5
16
V
Fuel Oil
8,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
5
8
16.5
V
Fuel Oil
6,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
6
14
17.5
V
Jet A-50
20,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
7
10
35
H
AvGas
20,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
8
20
14
V
Jet A-50
30,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
9
10.5
30
V
Fuel Oil
20,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
11
8
14.33
H
Unleaded
5,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
12
8
14.33
H
Fuel Oil
5,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
14
8
13
V
Unleaded
5,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
15
8
13
V
Fuel Oil
5,000
Tank Farm
C-1
WCAS
16
8
13
V
Fuel Oil
5,000
Other
WCAS
17
8
13
V
Fuel Oil
5,000
Other
Estimated WCAS Fuel to Transfer from Existing to New Tanks =
50,000
UVEC
1 1
1 36
1 24
1 V
#2 Diesel
180,000
Power Plant
C-11
Estimated UVEC Fuel to Transfer from Existing to New Tanks =
10,000
City
1
1 20.5
1 16
1 V
Fuel Oil
38,000
Water Plant
C-13
City
2
1 8
1 14
1 V
Unleaded
5,300
Water Plant
C-13
Estimated City Fuel to Transfer from Existing
to New Tanks =
5,000
BSSD
1
10.67
30
V
Fuel Oil
19,900
School TF #1
C-16
BSSD
2
10.67
30
V
Fuel Oil
19,900
School TF #1
C-16
BSSD
3
3.5
4.5
H
Fuel Oil
300
Housing
C-16
BSSD
4
4
5.5
H
Fuel Oil
500
Housing
C-16
BSSD
1
j 11
14
V
Fuel Oil
9,900
School TF #2
C-14
BSSD
2
10
14
V
Fuel Oil
8,200
School TF #2
C-14
BSSD
3
10
14
V
Fuel Oil
8,200
School TF #2
C-14
BSSD
4
11
14
V
Fuel Oil
9,900
School TF #2
C-14
BSSD
5
10.5
14
V
Fuel Oil
9,000
School TF #2
C-14
BSSD
6
10.5
14
V
Fuel Oil
9,000
School TF #2
C-14
BSSD
7
3.5
4.5
H
Fuel Oil
300
Housing
C-14
BSSD
8
3.5
4.5
H
Fuel Oil
300
Housing
C-14
BSSD
9
3.5
4.5
H
Fuel Oil
300
Standby Gen.
C-14
BSSD
10
5.3
6.2
H
Fuel Oil
1,000
Elementary Sch.
C-14
BSSD
11
5.3
6.2
H
Fuel Oil
1,000
School Gym
C-14
Estimated BSSD Fuel to Transfer from Existing to New Tanks
=
10,000
UNC
2/1
12
62
H
Unleaded
50,000
Tank Farm
C-1&C-17
UNC
2/2
12
62
H
Unleaded
50,000
Tank Farm
C-1&C-17
UNC
2/3
12
62
H
Fuel Oil
50,000
Tank Farm
CA&C-17
UNC
2/4
10.6
38
H
Fuel Oil
25,000
Tank Farm
CA&C-17
UNC
2/5
10.6
38
H
Fuel Oil
25,000
Tank Farm
C-1&C-17
UNC
2/6
8.6
48
H
Fuel Oil
20,900
Tank Farm
CA&C-17
UNC
2/7
10.67
26
H
Fuel Oil
15,000
Tank Farm
C-1&C-17
UNC
2/8
8.33
33
H
Fuel Oil
13,000
Tank Farm
C-1&C-17
UNC
2/9
8.33
33
H
Fuel Oil
13,000
Tank Farm
C-%C-17
Estimated UNC Fuel to Transfer from Existing to New Tanks =
30,000
Estimated Total Fuel to Transfer from Existing to New Tanks =
105,000
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Decommissioning Fuel
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02082-7 Storage Tanks and Piping
SECTION 02200
EARTHWORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Construction of pads for fuel tanks and secondary containment areas.
B. Regrading of existing roads along buried pipeline route.
C. Excavation and backfill of buried piping. See also Section 02315 — Trench
Excavation.
D. Sumps, perforated drain piping, and accessories.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 01150
— Surveying
B.
Section 01300
— Submittals
C.
Section 02300 —
Geotextile
D.
Section 02310
— Thermosyphons
E.
Section 02315 —
Trench Excavation
F.
Section 02350
— Rigid Insulation Board
G.
Section 02600
— Membrane Liners
H.
Section 02640
— Culverts and Hardware
I.
Section 06110
— Pressure Treated Lumber
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Maximum Density: The laboratory MAXIMUM DRY density as determined by
ASTM D 1557 (modified proctor).
B. Optimum Moisture Content: Determined by the ASTM standard specified to
determine the maximum dry density for maximum density. Field moisture
content shall be determined on the basis of the fraction passing the 3/4-inch sieve.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02200-1 Earthwork
C. Completed Course: A course or layer that is ready for the next layer or next phase
of the work.
D. Well -Graded: A mixture of particle sizes that has no specific concentration or
lack thereof of one or more sizes. Well -graded does not define any numerical
value that must be placed on the coefficient of uniformity, coefficient of
curvature, or other specific grain size distribution parameters. Well -graded is
used to define a material type that, when compacted, produces a strong and
relatively incompressible soil mass, free from detrimental voids.
E. Influence Area: The area within planes sloped downward and outward at an angle
of 60 degrees from the horizontal from:
1. 1 foot outside the outermost edge at the base of foundations or slabs.
2. 1 foot outside the outermost edge at the surface of roadways or shoulder.
3. 0.5 foot outside the exterior edge at the spring line of pipes and culverts.
F. Unclassified Excavation: The nature of materials to be encountered has not been
identified or described herein.
G. Selected Backfill Material: Material available onsite that the Engineer determines
to be suitable for a specific use.
H. Imported Material: Material obtained by the Contractor from sources off the site.
I. Embankment: The fill material required to raise the existing grade in all areas.
J. NFS (Non -Frost Susceptible) Gravel: Well graded gravel fill material with less
than 8% (by weight) passing the No. 200 sieve.
K. Bedding: Material used for bedding pipes or membrane liners.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions, Division 1,
and the requirements of this section.
B. Provide the following submittals:
1. Gradations and maximum laboratory density of each fill type to be used on
project.
2. Catalog and manufacturer's data sheets for compaction equipment.
3. Disposal plan for excavated overburden.
4. Stormwater control plan for onsite drainage during construction.
C. Provide manufacturer's data for sumps and drainage piping.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02200-2 Earthwork
1.05 IMPORTED MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE
A. All imported materials specified in this section are subject to the following
requirements:
1. All tests necessary for the Contractor to locate an acceptable source of
imported material shall be made by the Contractor. Certification that the
material conforms to the Specification requirements along with copies of
the test results from a qualified commercial testing laboratory shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval at least thirty (30) days before the
material is required for use. All material samples shall be furnished by the
Contractor at the Contractor's sole expense. Samples shall be
representative and be clearly marked to show the source of the material
and the intended use on the project. Sampling of the material source shall
be done by the Contractor in accordance with ASTM D 75. Notify the
Engineer at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to sampling. The Engineer
may, at the Engineer's option, observe the sampling procedures. Tentative
acceptance of the material source shall be based on an inspection of the
source by the Engineer and/or the certified test results submitted by the
Contractor to the Engineer, at the Engineer's discretion. No imported
materials shall be delivered to the site until the proposed source and
materials tests have been tentatively accepted in writing by the Engineer.
Final acceptance will be based on tests made on samples of material taken
from the completed and compacted course. The completed course is
defined as a course or layer that is ready for the next layer or the next
phase of construction. All testing for final acceptance shall be performed
by the Engineer.
2. Gradation tests by the Contractor shall be made on samples taken at the
place of production prior to shipment. Samples of the finished product for
gradation testing shall be taken from each 1,500 tons of prepared materials
or more often as determined by the Engineer, if variation in gradation is
occurring, or if the material appears to depart from the Specifications.
Test results shall be forwarded to the Engineer within forty-eight (48)
hours after sampling.
3. If tests conducted by the Contractor or the Engineer indicate that the
material does not meet Specification requirements, material placement will
be terminated until corrective measures are taken. Material which does
not conform to the Specification requirements and is placed in the work
shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's sole expense. Sampling
and testing performed by the Contractor shall be done at the Contractor's
sole expense.
1.06 EXCAVATION SAFETY
A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making all excavations in a safe
manner. Provide appropriate measures to retain excavation sideslopes and
prevent rock falls to ensure that persons working in or near the excavation are
protected.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02200-3 Earthwork
1.07 CODES, ORDINANCES, AND STATUTES
A. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with, and comply with, all applicable
codes, ordinances, statutes, and bear sole responsibility for the penalties imposed
for noncompliance.
1.08 TOLERANCES
A. All material limits shall be constructed within a tolerance of 0.1 foot except where
dimensions or grades are shown or specified as minimum. All grading shall be
performed to maintain slopes and drainage as shown. No reverse slopes will be
permitted.
1.09 FREEZING CONDITIONS
A. Place only unfrozen material under thawing conditions.
1.10 DEWATERING
A. Contractor shall provide and pay for all dewatering required to construct facilities
in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications.
1.11 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
A. For the purpose of providing information to the Contractor, the Geotechnical
Report prepared by Duane Miller and Associates entitled "Geotechnical
Exploration, Bulk Fuel Tank Farm, Unalakleet, Alaska" dated June 30, 2004, is
included as Appendix A for reference.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to accomplish the Work
specified in this section.
2.02 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
A. Excavation is unclassified. Complete all excavation regardless of the type,
nature, or condition of the materials encountered as shown on the Drawings
and/or at the Engineer's direction. Make own estimate of the kind and extent of
the various materials to be excavated in order to accomplish the Work.
B. Unclassified excavation shall be stockpiled, tested and classified. Suitable
materials may be reused.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02200-4 Earthwork
C. Dispose of excavation at a location approved by the AUTHORITY. Onsite
disposal may be allowed at discretion of AUTHORITY.
2.03 GRAVEL FILL
A. NFS (non -frost susceptible) gravel fill shall consist of mineral soil, free from dirt,
muck, frozen chunks, clay balls, roots, and organic material. It shall have a liquid
limit not greater than 25 and plasticity index not greater than 6 as determined by
AASHTO T89 and T90, and shall conform to the following washed sieve
gradation as determination by ASTM C 117 and C 136:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing by Weight
8"
100
6"
80 to 85
3"
75 to 85
1.5"
55 to 65
3/4"
35 to 45
No. 4
15 to 30
No. 10
10 to 20
No. 40
5 to 15
No. 200
0 to 8
B. The NFS gravel fill shall not consist of any material containing hazardous
substances or petroleum fuels. Hazardous substances are any element, compound,
mixture, solution or substance designated pursuant to the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA).
Hazardous substances include any hazardous wastes having the characteristics of
ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or extraction procedure toxicity.
2.04 SELECT FILL
A. Beach run material meeting the same requirements as specified for Gravel Fill
with the following washed sieve gradation as determined by ASTM C 117 and
C 136:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing by Weight
1.5"
100
3/4"
60 to 70
3/8"
20 to 50
No. 4
20 to 30
No. 60
8 to 15
No. 200
0 to 5
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02200-5 Earthwork
2.05 SURFACE COURSE
A. Crushed material meeting the same requirements specified for Gravel Fill with the
following washed sieve gradation as determined by ASTM C 117 and C 136:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing by Weight
1.5"
100
3/a"
60 to 80
3/8"
40 to 60
No. 4
25 to 50
No. 10
20 to 40
No. 60
8 to 30
No. 200
8 to 15
2.06 BEDDING
A. Material to bed pipes and membrane liners shall be free from fractured material
and meet the following washed sieve gradation as determined by ASTM C117 and
C136.
Sieve Size
3/4»
1/2"
3/8"
No. 4
No. 10
No. 40
No. 200
2.07 WATER FOR COMPACTION
Percent Passing by Weight
100
85 to 95
70 to 85
40 to 60
20 to 50
10 to 40
Oto5
A. If required, furnish fresh water as required for compaction.
2.08 COMPACTION EQUIPMENT
A. Compaction equipment used for all embankments shall consist of equipment
deemed adequate to obtain the results required. Compaction equipment shall be
operated in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Equipment shall be maintained in such condition that it will
deliver the manufacturer's rated compactive effort.
2.09 SUMPS AND DRAINAGE PIPING
A. Sumps: 18-inch diameter by 18-inch high prefabricated high density polyethylene
sump with solid bottom welded in place and removable lid. Perforated sump
walls with 3/8-inch diameter hole 2-inches on center each way. Wrap sump with
one layer of non -woven geotextile. Provide 18-inch long 3/32-inch diameter
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02200-6 Earthwork
stainless steel aircraft cable attached to sump and lid with stainless steel
mechanical fasteners.
B. Drainage Piping: Provide 4-inch diameter coiled perforated drainage pipe with
filter sock, snap rings and fittings. ADS highway grade 4-inch perforated pipe
with sock or approved equal.
C. Sump Drain Piping: ASTM A53 3/4-inch schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with
Class 150 ASME B 16.3 galvanized malleable iron threaded fittings. Provide hot
dipped galvanized pipe straps, hardware, and stainless steel inlet screen in each
sump.
D. Dike Drainage Pumps: Provide one barrel pump with suction and discharge hoses
for each containment dike (five total) for starting siphon to drain dike as specified
in Section 15484 — Fuel System Equipment. Barrel pumps and hoses shall be
stored in one of the spill response connexes.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 STRIPPING
A. Stripping or disturbance of tundra in permafrost areas is not allowed.
3.02 BORROW PIT OPERATION
A. All borrow pits shall be kept neat and orderly. Work pits in a systematic manner.
Keep borrow pits graded to drain and take all necessary precautions to minimize
erosion. The Contractor shall review excavation plan with the Engineer prior to
any excavation from borrow areas. Leave all surplus material in the borrow pits.
Do not excavate material that will not be installed on this project. Maintain
access roads as necessary at Contractor's expense. Excavation at the borrow pits
shall be limited to that depth which will permit the completed area to slope to
drain to the surrounding area after completion of all Work. Slope to drain and
blend neatly with surrounding terrain at completion of borrow operations.
3.03 GENERAL EXCAVATION
A. Perform all excavation of every description, regardless of the type, nature, or
condition of material encountered, as specified, shown, or required to accomplish
the construction.
3.04 SITE ACCESS
A. Site access shall be only within established Rights -of -Way, or within the project's
ultimate embankment area limits.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02200-7 Earthwork
3.05 LIMITS OF EXCAVATION
A. Excavate to the depths and widths as shown on the Drawings. Excavation carried
below the grade lines shown or established by the Engineer shall be replaced with
the same fill material as specified for the overlying fill or backfill, and compacted
as required for such overlying fill or backfill.
3.06 REMOVAL OF WATER
A. Provide and operate equipment adequate to keep all excavations and trenches free
of water. Remove all water during periods when pipe is being laid, during the
placing of backfill, and at such other times as required for efficient and safe
execution of the Work. Dispose of water in a manner that will not damage
adjacent property. When dewatering open excavations, dewater from outside the
structural limits and from a point below the bottom of the excavation when
possible. Design dewatering system to prevent removal of fines from existing
ground.
3.07 CONSTRUCTION OF EMBANKMENTS
A. Use materials as specified. Construct embankment to lines and cross sections
shown. Deposit fill material in lifts not exceeding 8-inch depth across full width
of embankment. Compact each lift to density specified. Maintain compacting
equipment in operating condition adequate to provide the manufacturer's rated
compactive effort. Compact full width of the embankment.
3.08 COMPACTION
A. Compact all materials by mechanical means. Flooding or jetting will not be
permitted. If compaction tests indicate that compaction or moisture content is not
as specified, material placement shall be terminated and corrective action shall be
taken by the Contractor prior to continued placement.
B. Unless otherwise noted, all fill, backfill, and trench backfill shall be compacted to
a minimum density of 95% of maximum density. Material shall be placed in lifts
of 8-inches maximum thickness.
3.09 MOISTURE CONTROL
A. During all compacting operations, maintain optimum practicable moisture content
required for compaction purposes in each lift of fill. Maintain moisture content
uniform throughout the lift. Insofar as practicable, add water to the material at the
site of excavation. Supplement, if required, by sprinkling the fill. At the time of
maximum density, the water content of the material shall be at optimum moisture
content, ±2 percentage points.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02200-8 Earthwork
B. Do not attempt to compact fill material that contains excessive moisture. Aerate
material by blading, discing, harrowing, or other methods to hasten the drying
process.
3.10 FIELD DENSITY AND MOISTURE TESTING
A. The Engineer may test in -place density and moisture content by any one or
combination of the following methods: ASTM D 2922, D 1556, D 2216, D 3017,
or other methods selected by the Engineer. Cooperate with this testing work by
leveling small test areas designated by the Engineer. Backfill test areas at
Contractor's sole expense. The frequency and location of testing shall be
determined solely by the Engineer. The Engineer may test any lift of fill at any
time, location, or elevation.
3.11 LABORATORY TESTING
A. Contractor shall obtain and have an independent testing laboratory provide
gradations and maximum laboratory density determinations on the following
materials.
1. Gravel Fill
2. Select Fill
3. Surface Course
4. Bedding
3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATION
A. Dispose of all excess excavated materials, not required for backfill or fills, outside
of the area of work. Make arrangements for the disposal of the excavated material
and bear all costs or retain any profit incidental to such disposal.
B. Side slopes of excavation waste piles shall be sloped to match the material's
natural angle of repose, or flatter.
C. Excavation waste areas shall be completely within the limits of the property as
located by a professional land surveyor.
3.13 SITE GRADING
A. Perform all earthwork to the lines and grades as shown and/or established by the
Engineer. Shape, trim, and finish slopes of channels to conform with the lines,
grades, and cross sections shown. Round tops of banks to circular curves, in
general, not less than a 6-foot radius. Rounded surfaces shall be neatly and
smoothly trimmed. Neatly blend all new grading into surrounding, existing
terrain. Finished site grading will be reviewed by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02200-9 Earthwork
SECTION 02300
GEOTEXTILE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Geotextile as specified on the Drawings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 02200 — Earthwork.
C. Section 02600 — Membrane Liners.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 WOVEN GEOTEXTILE
A. Geotextile shall be a fuel resistant polypropylene woven fabric designed and
manufactured for the reinforcement, and stabilization. Provide Amoco 2016, or
approved equal.
B. The geotextile shall be inert to commonly encountered chemicals, hydrocarbons,
mildew, and rot resistant, resistant to ultraviolet light exposure, insect and rodent
resistant and conforming to the properties in the following table. The average roll
minimum value (weakest direction) for strength properties of any individual roll
tested from the manufacturing lot or lots of a particular shipment shall be in
excess of the average minimum values specified herein.
ASTM Minimum
Property Test Method Value
Base Fabric Weight (oz/sq yd) 8.0 oz/sq yd
Grab Tensile Strength D4632 315 pounds
(any direction)
Grab Tensile Elongation D4632 15%
Mullen Burst Strength D3786 800 psi
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02300-1 Geotextile
ASTM Minimum
Property Test Method Value
Equivalent Opening Size D4751 No. 40
(U.S. Sieve)
Trapezoidal Tear D4533 120 pounds
(any direction)
Puncture Strength D4833 120 pounds
Fuel Resistance None Yes
UV Stability D4355 80% at 500 hours
2.02 NON -WOVEN GEOTEXTILE
A. Geotextile shall be a fuel resistant polypropylene non -woven fabric designed and
manufactured for the erosion control, stabilization, and/or filtration of soil.
Provide Amoco 4551, or approved equal.
B. The non -woven geotextile shall be inert to commonly encountered chemicals,
hydrocarbons, mildew, and rot resistant, resistant to ultraviolet light exposure,
insect and rodent resistant and conforming to the properties in the following table.
The average roll minimum value (weakest direction) for strength properties of any
individual roll tested from the manufacturing lot or lots of a particular shipment
shall be in excess of the average minimum values specified herein.
ASTM
Minimum
Property
Test Method
Value
Base Fabric Weight (oz/sq yd)
6.9 oz/sq yd
Grab Tensile Strength
D4632
150 pounds
(any direction)
Grab Tensile Elongation
D4632
50%
Mullen Burst Strength
D3786
315 psi
Equivalent Opening
D4751
No. 100
Size (U.S. Sieve)
Trapezoidal Tear
D4533
65 pounds
(any direction)
Puncture Strength
D4833
90 pounds
Fuel Resistance
None
Yes
UV Stability
D4355
70% at 500 hours
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006
02300-2
Geotextile
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. The geotextile shall be installed as shown on the plans. Place the woven
geotextile directly on existing tundra. Remove snow or ice with a depth of more
than two inches prior to geotextile installation. Contractor shall not operate
equipment directly on geotextile until a protective cover of gravel has been
established.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall roll out the geotextile and pull tight. Transverse end splices
shall be no closer than 50 feet. All splices shall have a 3-foot minimum overlap.
Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.03 PROTECTION
A. Ship and store geotextile in protective factory sun -bloc wrappings to prevent UV
breakdown. Replace damaged geotextile at no additional cost to the
AUTHORITY.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02300-3 Geotextile
SECTION 02310
THERMOSYPHONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section covers the design, fabrication, and installation of the subgrade passive
refrigeration cooling system design requirements as detailed on the Construction
Drawings.
B. The thermosyphon manufacturer will provide subgrade cooling system as a complete
and operable system, including field assembly.
C. Thermosyphons are being provided by the manufacturer through a Contract direct
with the AUTHORITY. A Force Account Contractor, also working for the
AUTHORITY, is responsible for pad construction.
D. Subgrade cooling system evaporators will be installed in late winter or early spring
of 2006. After evaporators are installed, the Force Account Contractor will complete
pad construction up to the elevation indicated as provided "by others" on the
Drawings. This work will be completed no later than June 4, 2006.
E. Subgrade cooling system condensers will be installed by others in the summer or the
fall of 2006 within four weeks of a request from the Bid Contractor to complete this
work. The Bid Contractor must coordinate this work and is responsible for
sequencing all work to facilitate its execution. Subgrade cooling system shall be
complete and operational no later than September 30, 2006.
F. Provide a written request to the Engineer one (1) week in advance from the date on
which the Contractor wishes the thermosyphon evaporator installation work to
commence on. Allow three (3) weeks for work to be completed. Coordinate and
schedule this work so it does not impact progress on other work.
G. This Section includes procedures the Bid Contractor must follow during construction
to protect subgrade cooling system. The Bid Contractor will be responsible for
paying the cost of repairing thermosyphon damage that is the result of actions by the
Contractor.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01150 — Surveying.
B. Section 01300 — Submittals.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02310-1 Thermosyphons
C. Section 02200 — Earthwork.
D. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A105/ASME SA105; Forgings, Carbon Steel for Piping Components.
B. ASME SA106; Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service.
C. ASTM A234/ASME SA234; Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel.
D. ASME Section VIII, Division I; Pressure Vessels.
E. ASME Section IX; Welding and Brazing Qualifications.
F. AWS C2.2; Recommended Practices for Metalizing with Aluminum and Zinc for
Protection of Iron and Steel.
1.04 MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEER
A. The thermosyphon manufacturer has retained a civil or mechanical engineer suitable
to the Engineer, licensed in the State of Alaska, familiar with conditions in rural
Alaska, who has a minimum of three years of experience with similar subgrade
cooling systems to prepare shop drawings and supervise the work covered by this
section.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
The following items have been submitted by the thermosyphon manufacturer, or will be
submitted for review. Copies of these submittals will be provided to the successful Bid
Contractor upon request.
A. Manufacturer's engineer (firm) and resume of responsible person.
B. Thermosyphon manufacturer's qualifications with relevant projects with references.
C. Shop drawings indicating details of fabrication, design, and installation for the
subgrade cooling system. Identify shop -fabricated components and field -assembled
components.
D. All above items at least two weeks before the start of component fabrication.
E. Record Drawings after installation of evaporator loops, and again after completion of
subgrade cooling system.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02310-2 Thermosyphons
F. Certification of proper operation with backup documentation upon completing
subgrade cooling system.
G. Report from the final site visit during the first winter's operation after installation to
confirm proper operation of the subgrade cooling system.
1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. The Force Account Contractor will accurately record the following during
construction:
1. Horizontal location and vertical elevation of the top of each evaporator pipe
on 10-foot intervals.
B. Submit record drawings for the subgrade cooling system. Submit these drawings
along with the construction records at the completion of this portion of work.
C. Reports certifying that the subgrade cooling system is properly installed, charged and
operational in accordance with the requirements in Part 3 of this Section will be
provided by the thermosyphon manufacturer.
1.07 PROTECTION
A. Prevent damage to cooling system components during all Contractor operations.
I[I% . _ I I
A. 3-year warranty for proper operation of flat loop thermosyphon units.
B. 5-year warranty against deterioration of thermosyphon coating systems.
C. Warranty required by this section shall commence on the date of Substantial
Completion of the work associated with this Section. Substantial Completion means
the subgrade cooling system is complete, charged with refrigerant, and can be used
for its intended purpose.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 THERMOSYPHONS
A. Two-phase, vapor convection type, passive refrigeration system consisting of a flat -
loop type evaporator section, and a condenser section configured as shown on the
Drawings.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02310-3 Thermosyphons
B. The flat loop thermosyphon system provided for this project shall be designed and
supplied by a company regularly engaged in the manufacturing of passive
thermosyphon systems for foundations on permafrost in arctic climates.
Thermosyphon manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the
design and manufacturing of subgrade cooling systems for foundations on
permafrost. The manufacturer shall have successfully completed a minimum of three
flat loop subgrade cooling systems in the past 10 years. Submit list of projects with
references.
C. Flat loop thermosyphon system shall be provided complete by the manufacturer,
with all materials, testing and commissioning required for a complete and operational
system.
D. Manufacturer: Arctic Foundations, Inc., 5621 Arctic Boulevard, Anchorage, Alaska,
or approved equal.
2.02 THERMOSYPHON MATERIALS
A. Pipe and Fittings: Seamless, ASTM A106, Grade B, Schedule 80 black steel pipe.
Evaporator pipes shall be 3/4" diameter. All joints shall be welded. Fittings shall be
ASTM A234, Grade WPB seamless, carbon steel butt weld fittings, Schedule to
match the pipe in which the fitting is installed.
B. Fittings smaller than 2" may be ASTM A105 forged steel socket welded, 3,000
pound minimum, at the manufacturer option. Submit shop drawings indication all
proposed fittings types.
C. Condensers: Each condenser shall consist of the manufacturer's standard 170 square
foot condenser unit plus a standard 30 square foot condenser unit as shown on the
Drawings. Condenser shall be of all welded construction with multi -directional air
flow type fins.
D. Coatings: Condenser and the vertical transition to 24 inches below grade shall be
coated with HB Fuller Company IF-1074 white fusion bond epoxy coating over 3
mils flame or arc sprayed aluminum applied per AWS C2.2. Coat evaporator pipes
and the remainder of the vertical transition with 3 mils of flame or are sprayed
aluminum applied per AWS C2.2. Surface preparation of for all surfaces shall be
SSPC-SP 10 "Near White Blast Cleaning" with a sharp angular 1.5 to 2.5 mil surface
profile. Field assembly welds below grade shall be coated with cold galvanizing
compound. The manufacturer shall repair any areas where coatings deteriorate
during the warranty period at no cost.
E. Refrigerant: Charge thermosyphons with R-744 refrigerant per AM standard
procedures.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02310-4 Thermosyphons
F. Welding: ASME BPVC Section VIII and ASME Section IX, or AWS D1.1 as
required for the components being welded.
G. Bottom Plate and Bracing: Provide structural steel and connections as shown on the
Construction Drawings. All components shall be hot dipped galvanized in
accordance with ASTM A123 and ASTM A153.
H. Provide all materials and components required for thermosyphon installation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Accurately establish evaporator and condenser locations. Locations shall be
established under the supervision of a Professional Land Surveyor currently licensed
to practice in the State of Alaska. This work will be provided by the Force Account
Contractor.
3.02 THERMOSYPHON INSTALLATION
A. The assembly, charging, and testing of the thermosyphons shall be by qualified
representatives of the manufacturer, in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended procedures.
B. Thermosyphon evaporators shall be installed to the line and grade in the gravel
foundation pad as shown on the Drawings on a firm, unyielding, flat slope with no
more than 0.2 foot variation.
C. Keep pipe interiors clean and blow down the system with a compressed gas after
assembly.
D. Secure thermosyphon evaporators in a manner that will prevent movement during
backfill operations.
E. Thermosyphon evaporators and condensers shall be pressure tested before
backfilling or otherwise concealing per thermosyphon manufacturer's instructions.
Test media shall be carbon dioxide or nitrogen. The minimum test pressure is 700
psi. Testing with a compressed gas is hazardous in nature as gases are compressible
and may release explosively should the system rupture. The thermosyphon
manufacturer is responsible for protecting life and property during testing. All
pressure retaining components shall be subject to a qualifying pressure test.
F. Flat loops shall be pressurized to 200 psi and monitored during backfilling operations
and while tank farm is being constructed. Each evaporator riser pipe will be
provided with a test valve and pressure gauge by the thermosyphon manufacturer for
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02310-5 Thermosyphons
monitoring purposes. If the 200 psi hold pressure is lost the Force Account or Bid
Contractor, depending on the stage of construction, shall notify the thermosyphon
manufacturer to resolve the issue and re -pressurize the system before continuing
construction activities. The thermosyphon manufacturer shall repair any damage to
the subgrade cooling system. The responsible party (i.e. Force Account or Bid
Contractor) shall compensate the thermosyphon manufacturer for the necessary
repairs.
G. Backfill evaporator loops with bedding sand and NFS gravel fill as shown on the
Drawings and as specified in Section 02200 — Earthwork. Sufficient backfill shall be
placed on top of the evaporator pipes prior to operating compaction equipment or
other heavy equipment on top of evaporator pipes. Provide a minimum of 9" of
material on top of pipes, or more if specified by the thermosyphon manufacturer,
prior to operation of equipment over flat loops.
H. The condenser sections of the thermosyphons shall extend vertically as indicated
above the final ground surface elevation. Protect thermosyphon condensers as
necessary to prevent any damage during the construction activities. Any damage to
the thermosyphons or other system components during construction shall be repaired
at the Contractor's expense.
I. Touch up coatings at all field connections and damaged areas to provide finish
equivalent to shop -applied coatings.
J. Upon completion of containment dike and fuel tank construction, installation of
thermosyphon condensers and related thermosyphon components, re -pressure test
the flat loop thermosyphon system before charging the system with refrigerant.
K. The Bid Contractor shall provide thermosyphon evaporator bracing as detailed on the
Drawings, and shall also provide any required temporary bracing.
L. After completing installation of subgrade cooling system, the thermosyphon
manufacturer will conduct tests and obtain data to verify that thermosyphon units are
properly installed and operational. A report and supporting data shall be forwarded
through the Engineer for review. Tests shall consist of system pressure readings,
condenser temperature measurements, thermistor string readings, or other approved
methods.
M. The thermosyphon manufacturer shall return to the site during the first winter of
operation after the subgrade cooling system has been completed to confirm proper
operation of flat loop thermosyphons. The thermosyphon manufacturer shall inspect
each thermosyphon to ensure proper gas pressures, valve operation, condenser
condition, and that all aspects of the system are in proper condition. Record
condenser and ambient temperatures for verification of functionality of
thermosyphons. After completion of inspection, manufacturer shall submit report as
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02310-6 Thermosyphons
to the condition of each thermosyphon, listing any required repairs or adjustments
Forward report to the AUTHORITY and copy the Engineer.
3.03 TOLERANCES
A. Variation from plumb: 0.1 feet maximum.
B. Variation from specified elevation: 0.2 feet maximum.
C. Variation from horizontal: 0.2 feet maximum.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02310-7 Thermosyphons
SECTION 02315
TRENCH EXCAVATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section covers the work necessary for the trench excavation and backfill for
buried piping.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 02200 — Earthwork.
1.03 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Excavation is unclassified. Complete all excavation regardless of the type of
materials encountered. The Contractor shall make own estimate of the kind and
extent of the various materials, which will be encountered in the excavation.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Catalog and manufacturer's data sheets for trenching and compaction equipment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Fill materials shall be as described in Section: 02200 — Earthwork.
2.02 COMPACTION EQUIPMENT
A. Compaction equipment shall be of suitable type and adequate to obtain the
amount of compaction specified. Compaction equipment shall be operated in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and
shall be maintained in such condition that it will deliver the manufacturer's rated
compactive effort.
2.03 UTILITY WARNING TAPE
A. Utility warning tape shall be 6-inch-wide tracer tape with metallic conductor in
1,000-foot rolls. Warning shall indicate "Buried Fuel Line Below" or similar
wording.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02315-1 Trench Excavation
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Contractor shall excavate trenches in accordance with the typical sections as
shown on the Drawings.
B. Tolerance shall be as follows:
1. Bottom shall be no more than 2 inches above or 4 inches below the
established elevation at any point.
2. The mainline trench width in frozen soils shall not be narrower (zero
inches), and no more than 6 inches wider than the dimensions shown on
the Drawings.
C. Hand work shall be performed when necessary to free the bottom and sides of the
trench of any ice or other foreign matter, or to excavate existing structures or
utilities.
D. Barricade open excavations to prohibit public entry.
3.02 TRENCH MAINTENANCE
A. Trenches shall be left in clean condition, ready for installation of the piping.
Measures shall be taken to keep snow, surface water, and other debris out of the
trench. The Engineer may request that the trench be cleared of snow, water or
other debris in the event that sufficient quantities of obstructions accumulate.
B. The amount of trench open at any one time shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer, and shall be limited to the minimum required by good construction
practices, safety requirements, and access to all property for service, emergency,
and personal vehicles.
3.03 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall notify all local utility companies one (1) week in advance of
any actual construction in close proximity to an existing utility feature. This
notification must be in writing, and a copy forwarded to the Engineer. The
notification shall contain a brief schedule, scope of work and identify any other
coordination agreements between the Contractor and the local utility company.
B. All communication from the Contractor to the local utility companies must be in
writing and copies sent to the Engineer. All costs associated with the damage to,
movement of, and bypassing of utilities for this project will be the responsibility
of the Contractor.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining from the local utility companies all
underground utility locates.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02315-2 Trench Excavation
D. If the Contractor damages an underground utility facility without first obtaining
an underground utility locate, he shall be strictly liable to the AUTHORITY
thereof, without regard to fault or negligence of any employee, for all costs
incurred by the utility repairing the damage or replacing the underground utility
facility, including administrative overhead.
E. Existing utilities are shown on the Drawings for information only. They are
plotted from information obtained from the local utility companies and limited
site survey. There is no guarantee that this information is correct, or that new
utilities have not been installed since the information was obtained.
3.04 TRENCH WIDTH
A. Minimum width of unsheeted trenches in which pipe is to be laid shall be 3-feet,
or as approved. Sheeting requirements shall be independent of trench widths.
B. The maximum width at the top of the trench will not be limited, except where
excess width of excavation would cause damage to adjacent structures, property
or permafrost.
C. Confine trench widths to dedicated Right -of -Way, easements, and this project's
property.
3.05 GRADE
A. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown or as established by the
Engineer with proper allowance for pipe, and for pipe bedding. If the trench is
excavated below the required grade, correct any part of the trench excavated
below the grade at no additional cost to the AUTHORITY, with pipe bedding.
3.06 SHORING, SHEETING, AND BRACING OF TRENCHES
A. Sheet and brace the trench when necessary to prevent caving during excavation in
unstable material, or to protect adjacent structures, property, workers, and the
public. Increase trench widths accordingly by the thickness of the sheeting.
Maintain sheeting in place until the pipe has been placed and backfilled at the
pipe zone. Shoring and sheeting shall be removed, as the backfilling is done, in a
manner that will not damage the pipe or permit voids in the backfill. All sheeting,
shoring, and bracing of trenches shall conform to the safety requirements of the
federal, state, or local public agency having jurisdiction. The most stringent of
these requirements shall apply.
3.07 LOCATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS
A. During trench excavation, place the excavated material only within the
construction easement, Right -of -Way, or approved working area. Do not obstruct
any private or public traveled roadways or streets. Conform to all federal, state,
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02315-3 Trench Excavation
and local codes governing the safe loading of all trenches with excavated
material.
3.08 REMOVAL OF WATER
A. At all times provide and maintain ample means and devices to promptly remove
and dispose of all water entering the trench excavation during the time the trench
is being prepared for the pipe laying, during the laying of the pipe, and until the
backfill at the pipe zone has been completed. These provisions shall apply during
the noon hour as well as overnight.
3.09 TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Prior to placing bedding material in the excavated trench, Contractor shall remove
snow, ice, water, and any other materials which may be injurious to the
installation of the improvements, or can cause loss of compaction when thawed.
These injurious materials include, but are not limited to:
1. Organic material, frozen lumps of silt or gravel, etc.
2. Isolated ice chunks larger than three inches maximum diameter.
3. Cobbles or Boulders larger than six inches in maximum diameter.
4. Snow in the trench bottom greater than one inch in thickness.
B. Prior to placing fill in any open graded area, the Contractor shall inspect the area
to determine the presence of any obstructions that may hinder the grading
operation and shall report same to the Engineer.
C. Backfill trenches as shown on the Drawings. Pipe bedding shall be compacted as
indicated at final grade of pipe, and then compacted up over the haunches of the
pipe to provide continuous support of the pipe walls.
D. Pipe Bedding: Pipe bedding shall be placed in the locations shown on the
Drawings. Pipe bedding shall be placed in lifts of 12 inches maximum thickness,
and shall be compacted to 95 percent of maximum density. Ensure pipe bedding
is placed under the haunches of the pipes and around branches and crossovers by
tamping. Be careful not to damage pipe coating during backfill operations.
E. Prevention of Pipe Movement: Contractor is responsible for preventing the pipe
from floating.
3.10 TESTING
A. The Contractor shall provide all soil testing services for the following tests on the
specific types of backfill listed below. The tests will be performed in accordance
with the frequencies and test procedures shown below.
1. Testing Frequency: The following table summarizes the tests and testing
frequencies for the various types of backfill materials that will be used
during construction of fuel pipelines:
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02315-4 Trench Excavation
Type of Fill Test FrequencX
Pipe Bedding
1. Moisture Content Visually inspect each load
2. Max Dry Density One
3. Gradation One
4. In -place Density One/200'/lift
B. Test Descriptions:
1. Moisture Content: ASTM D 2216-90.
2. Maximum Dry Density: ASTM D 1557 (modified proctor).
3. Gradation: ASTM D 422-63.
4. In -place Density by Nuclear Method: ASTM D 2922. All persons
operating the nuclear density gauge must be licensed to do so by the
Nuclear Regulatory Agency.
5. Dry Density by Paraffin Method: AASHTO T233-70.
C. Test Failures: In the event that the soils testing procedures result in the
identification of material that does not meet the requirements set forth in the
construction Specifications, the Contractor shall recompact the material and retest
according to the methods previously described.
3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL
A. Dispose of all excess excavated materials that do not meet the requirements for
trench backfill as shown on the Drawings. Excavated material that meets the
requirements for Gravel Fill as stated in Section 02200 — Earthwork may be used
as embankment fill. All other excavated materials shall be disposed of. The
Contractor shall make arrangements for the disposal, and bear all costs or retain
any profit incidental to such disposal.
3.12 UTILITY WARNING TAPE
A. Tape shall be placed in trench at 1.5-foot below existing ground directly above
the utility as shown on the Drawings.
B. Tape shall be handled with care during extreme cold to prevent cracking.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02315-5 Trench Excavation
SECTION 02320
GROUND TEMPERATURE THERMISTOR STRINGS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Work under this Section consists of performance of all operations pertaining
to the furnishing and placement of ground temperature thermistor string arrays.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 02200 — Earthwork.
C. Section 02310 — Thermosyphons.
D. Section 02350 — Rigid Insulation Board.
1.03 CONTRACTOR'S ENGINEER
A. The Contractor shall retain a civil, mechanical, or electrical design engineer,
suitable to the AUTHORITY, who is licensed to practice in the State of Alaska
and who has a minimum of three (3) years of experience in ground temperature
instrumentation in rural Alaska to supervise the work covered by this section.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions, Division 1,
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, and the requirements of this section.
B. Contractor's Engineer (firm) and resume of responsible person.
C. Thermistor calibration data, including resistance -temperature conversion data.
D. Shop drawings for panel layout.
E. Shop drawings, thermistor installation.
F. Manufacturer's data for thermistor beads, cable, selector switch, jack, readout
device, panel, conduit, and any other materials.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Ground Temperature
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02320-1 Thermistor Strings
G. Record drawings of thermistor installation by Contractor's Engineer containing
thermistor string array locations, results of field operational checks, and vendor
information. Provide schematic diagram. Submit three (3) copies of the record
drawings, along with the construction records, at the completion of thermistor
installation, and include copies of this information in the operation and
maintenance manuals.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01 THERMISTOR STRING ARRAY
A. Thermistor string array shall be fabricated using thermistor beads that are factory
calibrated and have an interchangeability tolerance of ± 0.1 ° C from 0° C to 70'
C, and a zero power resistance of 5,000 ohms at 25' C. Provide Yellow Springs
Instruments (YSI) Model 55034 thermistor beads, or approved equal.
B. The beads shall be carefully wired to a Teflon sheathed conductor cable and
carefully sealed with electrical tape, heat -shrink sleeves or tubing, multiple
coatings of epoxy sealant, or approved equivalent sealing methods. Clearly and
permanently label all thermistor leads with their respective bead depth.
C. Thermistor beads shall be calibrated after fabrication and before installation to
verify the 0° C resistance using a controlled ice bath. Provide calibration data to
AUTHORITY in electronic format, compatible with Excel spreadsheet.
D. A fixed precision resistor shall be permanently installed in each thermistor panel
and wired to the thermistor selector switch. The fixed resistor shall have a unique
resistance between 15,000 ohms and 20,000 ohms.
2.02 THERMISTOR STRING ARRAY CABLE AND CONDUIT
A. Thermistor string array cable shall be shielded, non -paired instrumentation cable
that is flexible and crack resistant to -45' C, similar to Belden 83515. All buried
cable shall be enclosed in sealed conduit, unless approved by manufacturer for
direct burial.
B. Thermistor conduit shall consist of high density polyethelyne pipe, schedule 40
PVC pipe, or galvanized rigid steel.
2.03 THERMISTOR SELECTOR SWITCH
A. Provide separate selector switch for each thermistor string array. The thermistor
selector switch shall be Omega OSW3-8, or approved equal.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Ground Temperature
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02320-2 Thermistor Strings
2.04 STANDARD FEMALE PANEL JACK
A. Provide separate pairs of female jacks for each thermistor selector switch. Female
jacks shall be Omega JP-U-F, or approved equal.
2.05 PANEL
A. Type 316 stainless steel, NEMA 4X Rated Construction with a continuous hinged
access door.
B. The minimum panel size shall be 12" x 12" x 6", but shall have sufficient space
for all required wiring component and devices.
C. Panels shall have internal removable dead front for mounting switches and jacks.
Provide removable mounting plate behind dead front if required for mounting any
devices.
2.06 READOUT DEVICE
A. The Contractor shall supply a Fluke Model 187 digital multimeter or approved
equal. The multimeter shall be supplied with leads that are compatible with the
standard female panel jacks. The multimeter shall be turned over to the
AUTHORITY prior to project completion.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Thermistor string arrays shall not be twisted, kinked, or bent during handling and
installation.
B. Thermistor string fabrication shall not induce temperatures greater than 75' C on
the thermistor beads.
C. Thermistor beads for each array shall be installed at the following elevations:
1. Top of insulation.
2. Bottom of insulation.
3. 2 feet, 4 feet, and 6 feet below bottom of insulation.
3.02 THERMISTOR STRING INSTALLATION
A. Install thermistor string arrays at the locations indicated on the Drawings prior to
placement of insulation.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Ground Temperature
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02320-3 Thermistor Strings
B. Install thermistor array panels on timber dike walls on the front of the facility
adjacent to access road. Install two thermistor array switches and jacks inside
each panel to minimize the amount of cable to protect during construction until
panel can be installed. Number thermistor arrays as indicated on the Drawings.
C. As a minimum, place conduit from panel to 18-inches below design grade. All
conduits shall be fully sealed.
D. Backfill around thermistor string arrays, direct burial rated cable and conduit with
bedding placed in maximum 6-inch thick lifts. Backfill shall be placed in a
manner that will prevent void formation. Compact each lift by tamping or other
approved means.
E. Perform operational checks of all sensors to verify suitable performance after
installation. Readings obtained during operational check shall be within 1° C of
ambient temperature as measured by a certified thermometer. Replace all
thermistors failing operational check at no cost to the AUTHORITY.
F. Record all thermistor bead numbers, depths, and locations. Provide As -Built
Drawings to the AUTHORITY.
G. Route thermistor string leads to thermistor panels as shown on the Drawings.
Buried cable shall be enclosed in conduit, unless approved for direct burial
installation. Connect strings to switch and verify operation of instrumentation.
3.03 PROTECTION
A. Installed thermistor string arrays shall be protected against damage during
construction by means of surveyor's flagging and temporary traffic barriers or
other methods as required. Any damage caused by Contractor's personnel shall be
repaired or replaced at no cost to the AUTHORITY.
3.04 DOCUMENTATION
A. The Contractor's Engineer shall provide an as -built of the thermistor
instrumentation and attach a schematic diagram to each thermistor panel.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade Ground Temperature
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02320-4 Thermistor Strings
SECTION 02350
RIGID INSULATION BOARD
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Furnish and install rigid insulation board as shown on Construction Drawings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 02200 — Earthwork.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog cuts on insulation board to the Engineer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All rigid insulation boards shall be extruded or expanded polystyrene foam boards
with front and back skins and a minimum compressive strength of 40 psi at 5%
deformation.
B. Pre -approved materials:
1. Dow HI-40
2. U. S. Gypsum, Formular-400
3. Western Insulfoam II, Style 40
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install rigid insulation board on a smooth, flat, compacted fill surface, not varying
more than 1-inch in 8 feet using a straight edge. Replace broken boards with full
sheets. Gaps between boards shall be not more than 1/4-inch. Install in the
locations and at the elevations shown on the plans.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02350-1 Rigid Insulation Board
B. Hand place fill on top of boards if required. Keep boards from "floating" out in
front of backfill. Remove and replace boards which have shifted during backfill
operation, or do not meet 1/4-inch maximum joint gap criteria.
C. Stagger joints for layered installation by at least 1 foot.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02350-2 Rigid Insulation Board
SECTION 02600
MEMBRANE LINERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Membrane liners for fuel tank containment areas and protection of rigid insulation
in embankments.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 02200 — Earthwork.
C. Section 02300 — Geotextile.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Site shall be prepared for installation of primary liner, removing all sharp
depressions and rises.
B. Qualified technicians shall install liner fabric per the manufacturer's
specifications.
C. No field seaming is allowed on primary or secondary membrane liners.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit primary and secondary membrane liner catalogue and technical literature.
B. Submit material and joint test certification demonstrating that the material and
fabrication joints comply with the physical and chemical resistance requirements
of this Specification.
C. Submit manufacturer's seam specifications for primary liner, and installation
specifications for primary and secondary liners.
D. Submit qualifications and certification of personnel performing field seaming on
primary liner if allowed by the Engineer.
E. Contractor shall submit a written certification that the liners have been installed
by factory certified technician, and in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02600-1 Membrane Liners
1. Contractor shall obtain from the manufacturer a letter stating that the
specific liner application is approved as to:
a. installation temperature
b. installation methods
C. liquids to be contained
d. long term UV exposure
e. temperature extremes encountered during the life of the liner
F. Submit shop drawings showing all joints and components supplied.
G. Submit joint test results.
1.05 SEAM TECHNICIAN'S REQUIREMENTS
A. Field seams, if allowed, shall be by a certified installer with at least three years
experience.
1.06 LINER APPLICATION TECHNICIAN
A. Liner application shall be by a certified installer with at least three years
experience.
1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Liners shall have a long term (20 year) resistance to Unleaded Gasoline, No. 2
Diesel, Aviation Gasoline (100LL) and Jet A-50 hydrocarbon fuel products.
B. Primary liner shall be UV -resistant and shall remain flexible at -40' F. Primary
liner shall be suitable for the intended purpose.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PRIMARY MEMBRANE LINER
A. Provide high strength polyester scrim fabric coated with urethane, which meets,
or exceeds, the following criteria:
PROPERTY
Base Fabric Wt. (oz./sq yd)
Fabric Thickness
Tensile Strength (Warp)
Adhesion of Coating
Hydrostatic Resistance
Puncture Resistance (1" Ball)
Oil Resistance
Hydrocarbon Resistance
Low Temp Cold Crack
Weathering Resistance
TEST METHOD
ASTM D-751
Fed 5512.1
ASTM D-751
MIL-C-2069613
MIL-C-2069613
ASTM D-2136
MINIMUM VALUE
23 oz/sq yd
30 mils
440 lbs. (min)
25 lbs. (film break)
400 psi
450 lbs
Pass
Pass
-65 degrees F — Pass
300 hrs — Excellent
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02600-2 Membrane Liners
B. Provide Coolthane L1023SDEP as manufactured by Cooley, Inc. or approved
equal.
2.02 SECONDARY MEMBRANE LINER
A. The secondary membrane liner shall be a high density, cross -laminated
polyethylene that is UV stabilized and chemically inert and supplied as one piece.
Provide Permalon Ply X-210, or approved equal.
B. The secondary membrane liner shall be inert to commonly encountered
chemicals, hydrocarbons, mildew, and rot resistant, resistant to ultraviolet light
exposure, insect and rodent resistant and conforming to the properties in the
following table. The average roll minimum value (weakest direction) for strength
properties of any individual roll tested from the manufacturing lot or lots of a
particular shipment shall be in excess of the average minimum values specified
herein.
PROPERTY
TEST METHOD
MINIMUM VALUE
Base Fabric Wt. (oz./sq yd)
5.5 oz/sq yd
Fabric Thickness
ASTM D-5199
20 mils
Tensile Strength (1" Strip)
ASTM D-882
3070 psi
Puncture Strength
ASTM D-4833
40 lbs
Ultimate Elongation (1" Strip)
ASTM D-882
450%
Trapezoidal Tear Strength
ASTM D-4553
35 lbs
Hydraulic Burst Strength
ASTM D-3786
100 psi
Dart Impact Strength
ASTM D-1709
3.78 lbs
Cold Crack
ASTM D-1709
-50°F
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PRIMARY LINER
A. Provide factory seaming of all joints with certification. No field seams are
allowed. Primary liner shall be shipped ready for installation, with unfolding
instructions for ease of field layout.
B. Field -verify required size, include excess to prevent binding and excessive stress.
C. Ship and store liner in protective crate until jobsite is ready for installation.
Protect liner from damage during shipping and storage. Provide an unfolding
map that indicates where the liner bundle needs to be positioned to allow for ease
in unfolding at the site. Sealants shall be stored above 32' F and according to
manufacturer's recommendations.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02600-3 Membrane Liners
D. Install liner in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and drawings,
and where indicated on the Construction Documents. Install liner between
layers of non -woven geotextile for protection.
E. Liner installation shall be by factory -certified technicians.
F. Penetrations in the liner are not allowed.
3.02 SECONDARY LINER
A. Provide factory seaming of all joints with certification. No field seams are
allowed. Any splices between adjacent sections of secondary liner shall have a 3-
foot minimum overlap. Secondary liner shall be shipped ready for installation,
with unfolding instructions for ease of field layout.
B. Field -verify required size; include excess to prevent binding and excessive stress.
C. Ship and store liner in protective crate until jobsite is ready for installation.
Protect liner from damage during shipping and storage. Provide an unfolding
map that indicates where the liner bundle needs to be positioned to allow for ease
in unfolding at the site.
D. Install liner in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and drawings,
and where indicated on the Construction Documents.
E. Liner installation shall be by factory -certified technicians.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02600-4 Membrane Liners
SECTION 02640
CULVERTS AND HARDWARE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Culvert pipe, soil support fabric, insulation board, culvert bands and bolts, thaw
pipe system, marker posts and hardware.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 01300
— Submittals.
B.
Section 02200
— Earthwork.
C.
Section 02300
— Geotextile.
D.
Section 02350
— Rigid Insulation Board.
E.
Section 05920
— Cold Galvanizing.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Cut sheets for culvert, culvert bands, and bolts.
B. Cut sheets for marker posts and brackets.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Culvert: 12 ga. 2-3/4" x 1/2" corrugations, corrugated, galvanized steel pipe with
annular ends.
B. Culvert bands: 18 ga., 24" wide galvanized annular, corrugated, 5-bolt style.
C. Culvert band bolts: 6" x 1/2" galvanized, ASTM A307 steel bolts, nuts, washers,
and lock washers.
D. Marker Posts: Orange CRM-375, flexible fiberglass delineator (3.75" x 60") with
anchor. Carsonite Manufacture or equal with yellow reflector covered with
factory applied yellow reflective sheeting, both sides.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02640-1 Culverts and Hardware
E. Marker post brackets: A 36 Steel, hot dipped or cold galvanized.
F. Thaw Pipe: '/2" schedule 40 ASTM A53 galvanized steel pipe with threaded
galvanized malleable iron fittings. Fasten thaw pipe to culvert with hot dipped
galvanized U-bolts, nuts, washers and lock washers. Turn thaw pipe up at each
end with goose neck and cap or plug.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
A. Culverts: Provide smooth, uniform compacted bed for culverts. During backfill
compact the "haunches" of culvert up to springline to prevent "squashing".
Protect from damage until adequate cover is obtained. Replace damaged culvert
at no charge. Location, diameter and length as shown on Construction Drawings.
B. Culvert bands: Install squarely and symmetrically about the joint in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Marker Posts: Install adjacent to culvert inlet/outlet. Coat any hole cut in culvert
with cold galvanizing compound. Install marker posts and associated hardware
plumb and square with culvert.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02640-2 Culverts and Hardware
SECTION 02820
CHAIN LINK FENCE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section covers the work necessary for the chain link fence system with 3-
strand barb wire, complete.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 02200 — Earthwork.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Specification of Metallic -Coated and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coated Steel
Chain Link Fence Fabric, published by Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute,
Washington, DC 20036.
B. State of Alaska, Department of Transportation, and Public Facilities, "Standard
Specifications for Highway Construction".
C. State of Alaska, Department of Transportation, and Public Facilities, "Standard
Drawings Manual".
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in accordance with Section 01300 —
Submittals. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided:
1. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings and installation drawings for the
Engineer's review prior to procurement and delivery of fence materials.
These drawings shall provide detailed information and specifications for
all materials, finishes, dimensions, and erection instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Materials shall be new and products of recognized, reputable manufacturers.
Used, re -rolled, or re -galvanized materials are not acceptable.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02820-1 Chain Link Fence
B. All materials shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Posts and other
appurtenances shall have a minimum zinc coating of 1.2 ounces per square foot of
surface.
2.02 FABRIC
A. Chain link fence fabric woven of No. 9-gauge wire in 2-inch diamond -mesh
pattern, selvages twisted and barbed both ends, galvanized after weaving with
1.2-ounce zinc coating meeting the requirements of ASTM A 392, Class 1.
Provide 8 foot high fabric, unless otherwise specified on the Drawings.
2.03 POSTS
A. Federal Specification RR-F-191, fence, posts, gates, and accessories, except as
hereinafter modified. Lengths for setting in ground as required for conditions
shown on Construction Drawings.
B. Line Posts:
1. Provide galvanized 2.375-inch outside diameter, galvanized, standard
weight steel pipe, weight 3.65 pounds per linear foot.
C. End, Corner, Angle, Man Gate, and Pull posts:
1. For end, corner, angle, and pull posts, provide 2.875-inch outside
diameter, galvanized, standard weight steel pipe, weight 5.79 pounds per
linear foot.
D. Vehicle Gate Posts:
1. Provide 6.625-inch outside diameter, galvanized, standard weight steel
pipe, weight 18.97 pounds per linear foot.
2.04 POST TOPS
A. Post tops shall be pressed steel or malleable iron, designed as a weather -tight
closure cap for tubular posts. Provide one cap for each post.
2.05 POST BRACING
A. Post brace rails shall be installed between the end or corner post and the adjacent
line post. Provide 1.660-inch outside diameter, galvanized, standard weight steel
pipe, weight 2.27 pounds per linear foot. Braces shall be securely fastened to the
posts by standard fence fittings.
B. Truss rods shall be installed at each corner post in conjunction with brace rail.
Provide 0.375-inch diameter, galvanized truss rod with commercial grade,
galvanized turnbuckle.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02820-2 Chain Link Fence
2.06 TENSION WIRE
A. Tension wire shall be zinc- or aluminum -coated coil spring Class III steel wire
not less than No. 7-gauge (0.177 inch in diameter). Provide manufacturer's
standard tie clips (hog rings) approved for attaching the wire to the fabric, at
intervals not exceeding 24 inches.
2.07 TOP RAILS
A. Provide 1.660-inch outside diameter by 18-feet long minimum standard weight
steel pipe (2.27 lbs/ft) top rail with 6-inch long couplings.
2.08 STRETCHER BARS
A. Stretcher bars shall be one-piece lengths equal to full height of fabric with a
minimum cross-section of 3/16 inch by 3/4 inch. Provide one stretcher bar for
each end post and two for each corner and pull post.
2.09 STRETCHER BAR BANDS
A. Bar bands shall be heavy -pressed steel, spaced not over 15 inches on center to
secure stretcher bars to tubular end, corner, pull, and gate posts.
2.10 FITTINGS
A. Malleable steel, cast iron, or pressed steel, galvanized to meet the requirements of
ASTM A 153. Fittings to include stretcher bars and clamps, clips, tension rods,
brace rods, hardware, fabric bands and fastenings, and all accessories.
2.11 GATES
A. Gate Framing:
1. Man Gates: Provide 1.900-inch outside diameter, galvanized, standard weight
steel pipe for gate framing, weight 2.72 pounds per linear foot. Gate frames
shall be Commercial Quality (CQ-20).
2. Vehicle Gates: Provide 2.375-inch outside diameter, galvanized, standard
weight steel pipe for gate framing, weight 3.65 pounds per linear foot.
B. Gate Hardware:
1. Latch: Provide one piece, locking, frost free, drop latch for each gate.
2. Hinge: Provide heavy pattern post and gate frame hinges.
3. Truss Rod: Provide 0.375 inch diameter, galvanized truss rod with
commercial grade, galvanized turnbuckle.
4. Gate Stops and Keepers: Provide industry standard, galvanized gate stops
and keepers.
5. Provide 3 strands of barbed wire on all gates.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02820-3 Chain Link Fence
2.12 LOCKS
A. Provide 1.5-inch industrial grade, corrosion resistant padlock for each gate.
Provide locks for valves where indicated. Master or approved equal. Key all
padlocks alike for the same ownership.
B. Submit for approval.
2.13 BARBED WIRE
A. Provide galvanized, 12-1/2 gage, 2 strand twisted, 4 point Class III barbed wire.
B. Provide galvanized barbed wire supporting arms, 45 degree angle, fitted with
clips to support 3 rows of barbed wire. Barbed wire shall be provided on all
fences, including gates.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Erect fencing in straight lines between angle points by skilled installers
experienced in this type of construction. Erect in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations as approved and with these Specifications.
Space posts a maximum of 10 feet on center and in true lines. Set posts plumb
and to the depths shown. The top rail of the fence shall be at the top of the fabric.
The bottom tension wire shall be at the bottom of the fabric. Fasten chain link
fabric to end posts with stretcher bars and clamps, and to line posts, top rail and
tension wire with wire or hog rings at approximately 14 inch centers and 24 inch
centers, respectively.
B. Install three rows of barbed wire at the top of fence and gates with angle braces
directionally outward from the secured area. Barbed wire shall be pulled taut to
remove all sag. Firmly install in the slots of the extension arms and secure to
terminal posts.
C. Install all fence posts in augured holes a minimum of 4 feet deep and backfill with
a minimum of 8-inch diameter of concrete, unless other installation method is
detailed.
3.02 GATES
A. Provide a 6" clear space between finished grade and the lowest portion of all
swing gates as a contingency for winter operation.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02820-4 Chain Link Fence
B. Install gate using three hinges per leaf, plus latch, catches, retainer, and locking
clamp.
3.03 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of the fence installation, clean up all waste material resulting
from fence assembly.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02820-5 Chain Link Fence
SECTION 02890
SIGNS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section covers the furnishing and installation of signs at the bulk tank farm,
intermediate tanks, dispensing area, and marine header.
B. The Contractor shall furnish all signs and fasteners.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 02820 — Chain Link Fence.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. International Fire Code (IFC), Section 3404.
B. National Fire Protection Association, No. 704.
C. State of Alaska, Department of Transportation, "Standard Specification for
Highway Construction" and "Standard Drawings Manual".
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings of all signs, including height and width as well as sign
thickness. Indicate background color and text color, text information (i.e. height
and stroke) proposed for each sign.
B. Submit manufacturer's data and standard colors for vinyl backgrounds and letters.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Signs will be constructed of 0.08" minimum aluminum plate with either red
reflective or black letters on a white non -reflective background, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Size signs and lay out letters such that no letters touch or overlap, and all words
are clearly readable.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02890-1 Signs
C. Size letters as indicated and adjust size of sign accordingly, or make sign the
dimensions indicated and size text appropriately to fit within the available space.
D. Provide 3M Series 255 High Performance vinyl letters on 3M 3650-10 white
vinyl background, or Gerber thermal transfer film printed letters on Gerber High
Performance vinyl background as indicated on the Drawings, or as appropriate for
the application.
E. All street signs shall be in conformance with State of Alaska D.O.T. standards.
2.02 SIGNS AT THE TRUCK FILL STATIONS
A. Provide aluminum backed laminated signs reading "DANGER — FLAMMABLE
LIQUIDS — NO SMOKING — OR OPEN FLAMES" one each conspicuously
bolted near each pump enclosure, 3" high x 1/2" stroke red letters on a white
background.
B. Provide NFPA 704 three -diamond placard near each pump enclosure detailing the
most hazardous petrochemical. Sign must be readable from 100 feet, unless
otherwise indicated.
C. Provide 6" x 12" aluminum backed laminated signs reading "FUEL SYSTEM
EMERGENCY SHUTOFF" conspicuously bolted to each emergency shut-off
switch as located on Construction Drawings, red letters on a white background.
2.03 SIGNS ON PERIMETER FENCE
A. Provide aluminum backed reflective laminated signs reading "DANGER -
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS — NO SMOKING — OR OPEN FLAMES" hogringed
to the chain link fence secured area. Signs shall be placed as located on the
Construction Drawings, 3" high x I/z" stroke red letters on a white background.
B. Provide 6" x 12" aluminum backed reflective laminated signs reading "FUEL
SYSTEM EMERGENCY SHUTOFF" conspicuously bolted to each emergency
shut-off switch as located on Construction Drawings, red letters on a white
background.
2.04 SIGNS AT THE TRUCK CONTAINMENT AREAS
A. Provide 10" x 14" aluminum backed reflective laminated signs reading "CHOCK
WHEEL — ATTACH STATIC WIRE — AND VERIFY TANK CAPACITY
PRIOR — TO BULK TRANSFER" conspicuously bolted to the pump enclosure at
each truck fill station, black letters on a white background.
B. Provide aluminum backed reflective laminated signs reading "NO SMOKING —
STOP ENGINE BEFORE FILLING" conspicuously bolted to the pump enclosure
at each truck fill station, 3" high x 1/z" stroke red letters on a white background.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02890-2 Signs
2.05 UVEC POWER PLANT TANK SIGN
A. Provide the following system operating procedure sign at the UVEC Power Plant
Tank.
B. Sign shall be 12" x 16" black letters on a white background, sized appropriately
to fit within the space indicated.
C. Sign shall read as follows:
Check power plant tank level daily, fill when below 7'-6" or sooner:
1. Go to tank farm and turn on main control panel power.
2. Open main valve on bulk tank and verify bulk tank level.
3. Open valve at distribution pump.
4. Turn power plant tank control power on and press start button.
5. Monitor tank levels continuously (make sure bulk tank at tank farm does
not run empty during transfer).
6. When power plant tank level reaches 20'-6", press stop button.
7. Turn power plant tank control power off.
8. Return to tank farm, turn main control panel power off, close and lock
main valve on bulk tank, and close valve at distribution pump.
2.06 ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide additional signage as indicated on the Construction Drawings.
B. Coordinate all signs with requirements specified on the Construction Drawings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install in accordance with IFC flammable and combustible liquid signage
standards, and NFPA.
B. Signs shall be conspicuously mounted and easily read.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 02890-3 Signs
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Formwork for cast -in place concrete with shoring, bracing, and anchorage.
B. Openings for other work.
C. Form accessories.
D. Form stripping.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 03200 — Concrete Reinforcement.
C. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete.
D. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301— Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 347 — Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
C. PS-1 — Construction and Industrial Plywood.
1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design
and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, lines, and
dimensions.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and 347.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03100-1 Concrete Formwork
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 WOOD FORM MATERIALS
A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor.
2.02 PREFABRICATED FORMS
A. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gauge matched, tight fitting, stiffened to
support weight concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance
of finished surfaces.
B. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to
support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and
appearance of finished concrete surfaces.
2.03 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties: Removable type, galvanized metal, fixed or adjustable length, cone -type,
with waterproofing washer, free of defects that could leave holes larger than one inch
in concrete surface.
B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, absorb
moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for
use on concrete.
C. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of
sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing
concrete.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that
dimensions agree with Drawings.
3.02 EARTH FORMS
A. Hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing
concrete.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03100-2 Concrete Formwork
3.03 ERECTION - FORMWORK
A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance
with requirements of ACI 301.
B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork
subject to overstressing by construction loads.
C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not
damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores.
D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.
E. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members, which are not
indicated on Drawings.
3.04 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendation.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded
items.
C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes
or applied coverings which are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated
forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete.
3.05 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing
through concrete work.
B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete.
C. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets,
recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchorage, and other inserts.
D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and
plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.
E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate
cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water
to drain.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03100-3 Concrete Formwork
F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms,
and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.
3.06 FORM CLEANING
A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure
that water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out ports.
D. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing
salts or water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed
within heat enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter.
3.07 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301.
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that Work is in accordance
with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are
secure.
B. Do not reuse wood formwork more than two times for concrete surfaces to be
exposed to view. Do not patch formwork.
3.09 FORM REMOVAL
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry
its own weight and imposed loads.
B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tolls against finish
concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view.
C. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will
not be damaged. Discard damaged forms.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03100-4 Concrete Formwork
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Reinforcing steel bars, wire fabric and accessories for cast -in -place concrete.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 03100 — Concrete Formwork.
C. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 — Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 315 — Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures, and as modified by Interim Reports.
C. ACI 318 — Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
D. ASTM A82 — Cold -Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement.
E. ASTM A184 — Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.
F. ASTM A615 — Deformed and Plain Billet - Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
G. AWS D 12.1— Recommended Practice for Welding, Reinforced Concrete
Construction.
H. CRSI 63 — Recommended Practice For Placing Reinforcing Bars.
I. CRSI 65 — Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and
Nomenclature.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03200-1 Concrete Reinforcement
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit detailed drawings indicating bar sizes, spacings, locations,
and quantities of reinforcing steel and wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules,
and supporting and spacing devices.
B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified
requirements.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI 63 and 65, ACI 301, 315, and 318, and
ASTM A184.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate with placement of formwork, formed openings and other work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet steel bars, plain
finish.
2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gauge annealed type.
B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support
of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions, including load bearing pad
on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice,
ACI 315, ACI 318, and ASTM Al84.
B. Weld of reinforcement is not permitted.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03200-2 Concrete Reinforcement
C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Construction Drawings at point of
minimum stress. Review location of splices.
3.02 PLACEMENT
A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from
required position.
B. Accommodate placement of formed openings.
C. Conform to applicable code and details on Drawings for concrete cover over
reinforcement. Clearance requirements:
1. Concrete placed on ground; 3".
2. Formed surfaces exposed to ground; 2".
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03200-3 Concrete Reinforcement
SECTION 03300
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cast -in -place slabs.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 03100 — Concrete Formwork.
C. Section 03200 — Concrete Reinforcement.
D. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 — Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 302 — Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
C. ACI 304 — Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete.
D. ACI 306R — Cold Weather Concreting.
E. ACI 308 — Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
F. ACI 315 — Manual of Standard Practice.
G. ACI 318 — Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
H. ACI 347 — Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.
I. ASTM A 615 — Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement.
J. ASTM C33 — Concrete Aggregates.
K. ASTM C39 — Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
L. ASTM C94 — Ready -Mixed Concrete.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03300-1 Cast -In -Place Concrete
M. ASTM C 143 — Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete.
N. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
O. ASTM C 192 — Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory.
P. ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
Q. ASTM C494 — Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.
R. ASTM D 1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and
Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).
S. ASTM D1850 — Concrete Joint Sealer, Cold -Application Type.
T. ASTM D4397 — Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and
Agricultural Applications.
U. CRSI 63 - R CRSI 63 — Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars.
V. CRSI 65 — Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications, and
Nomenclature.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Air -entraining admixture.
2. Water reducing admixture.
3. Concrete joint sealer.
B. Miscellaneous
1. Mix design: Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete for
review prior to commencement of Work.
2. Manufacturer's installation instructions: Indicate installation procedures
and interface required with adjacent work for joint sealer.
3. Submit inspection and testing agency for approval.
4. Submit results of cylinder breaks and entrained air and slump tests.
5. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components,
which are concealed from view. Submit under provisions of Section
01300 - Submittals.
C. Submit shop drawings for reinforcing steel.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03300-2 Cast -In -Place Concrete
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
C. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
D. Conform to ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather.
E. Perform concrete reinforcing work in accordance with ACI Detailing Manual 315
and CRSI "Placing Reinforcing Bars".
1.06 TESTING AGENCY
A. Inspection and testing will be performed by an established testing agency meeting
the approval of the Engineer and the AUTHORITY. The Contractor is
responsible for scheduling and coordination of all required testing.
B. Provide free access to work and cooperate with the appointed firm.
C. Testing:
1. Three (3) test cylinders for each 50 cubic yard or fraction thereof for each
day's pour.
2. One (1) additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather
concreting, and be cured on job site under the same conditions as concrete
it represents and tested at 28 days.
3. One (1) slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
4. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one for each set of
compressive strength test specimens or provide certificate of compliance
from batch plant.
5. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a set of compression test specimens
is made.
6. Testing shall be at the Contractor's expense.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the placement of miscellaneous metal with erection of concrete
formwork and placement of form accessories.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, II, III or IIIA.
B. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33, Size 67.
C. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33.
D. Mixing Water: Fresh, clean, and potable.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03300-3 Cast -In -Place Concrete
E. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260.
F. Chemical Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A, water reducing. Admixtures which
introduce chloride -ions (CF) into concrete mixture are not allowed.
G. Corrosion Inhibitor: Master Builders Rheocrete 222, or approved equal.
H. Vapor Barrier: ASTM D 4397, 10 mil.
I. Control Joint Material: ASTM D 1751.
Flexible Sealant: Degussa Building Systems, Sonolastic® Polysulfide fuel
resistant sealant or approved equal.
2.02 CONCRETE MIX
A. Mix in accordance with ASTM C 94.
B. Provide concrete meeting the following requirements:
1. Compressive strength shall not be less than 4,500 psi at 28 days.
2. Add air entraining agent to concrete to entrain air as indicated in ACI 318
Table 4.1.1, for "severe exposure". Total air content percent to conform
to IBC Table 1904.2.1 for severe exposure.
3. Maximum water-soluble chloride ion concentration shall not exceed 0.15
percent at ages from 28 to 42 days per the requirements of ACI 318 4.3.
Provide test results.
4. Water/cement ratio shall not exceed 0.45.
5. Provide corrosion inhibiting admixture in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. Master Builders Rheocrete 222, or approved
equal.
C. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when accepted by the Engineer.
If accepted, use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement
requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SCREEDING
A. Screed slabs -on -fill, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/8 inch in 10 ft.
3.02 MIXING
A. Materials shall be stored, batched, and mixed as specified in ASTM C94.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03300-4 Cast -In -Place Concrete
3.03 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Before placing concrete, ensure reinforcing is clean, free of loose scale, dirt, or
other foreign coatings which would reduce bond to concrete. Ensure that
reinforcing is supported and secured against displacement. Do not deviate from
true alignment.
B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 304, and ACI 318.
C. Notify Engineer a minimum of 48 hours prior to commencement of concreting
operations.
D. Ensure anchors, seats, plates, and other items to be cast into concrete are placed,
held securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete.
E. Maintain records of poured concrete items. Record date, location of pour,
quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken.
F. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed expansion and contraction
joints, are not disturbed during concrete placement.
G. Pour concrete continuously between predetermined control joints.
H. Pour slabs in checkerboard or saw cut for pattern as shown on the Drawings. Saw
cut control joints within 4 to 12 hours after finishing.
I. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify
Engineer upon discovery.
J. Conform to ACI 306 when concreting during cold weather.
K. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur.
3.04 PLACING MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Provide control joints, either formed or saw cut to the indicated depth after the
surface has been finished. Sawed joints shall be completed within 4 to 12 hours
after concrete placement. Protect joints from intrusion of foreign matter.
B. Install control joint material and flexible sealant in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
3.05 PATCHING
A. Allow Contracting Agency to inspect concrete surfaces upon removal of forms.
Patch imperfections as directed.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03300-5 Cast -In -Place Concrete
3.06 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required lines, details, and
elevations.
B. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive
honeycombing and other defects. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair or replace
exposed concrete except upon express direction of Engineer for each individual
area.
3.07 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. Uniformly spread, screed, and float concrete. Do not use grate tampers or mesh
rollers. Do not spread concrete by vibration.
B. Maintain surface flatness, with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
C. Broom finish exterior slabs.
3.08 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively
hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. Do not use membrane -forming
compound.
B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature
for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
C. Cure slab surfaces in accordance with ACI 302. Begin curing immediately
following form removal.
D. Impervious Sheeting: Wet the entire exposed surface of the concrete thoroughly
with a fine spray of water and cover with impervious sheeting throughout the
curing period. Lay sheeting directly on the concrete surface and overlap edges
12 inches minimum. Provide sheeting not less than 18 inches wider than the
concrete surface to be cured. Secure edges.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03300-6 Cast -In -Place Concrete
SECTION 03410
PRE -CAST CONCRETE TANK FOUNDATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pre -cast concrete foundations for vertical steel fuel tanks as shown in the
Drawings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 01300
— Submittals.
B.
Section 02200
— Earthwork.
C.
Section 03100
— Concrete Formwork.
D.
Section 03200
— Concrete Reinforcement.
E.
Section 05500
— Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings
B. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction
C. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
Placing Concrete
D. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting
E. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete
F. ACI 315 — Manual of Standard Practice
G. ACI 318 — Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
H. ASTM A615 — Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
I. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates
J. ASTM C39 — Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens
K. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03410-1 Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations
L. ASTM C 143 — Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete
M. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement
N. ASTM C192 — Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory
O. ASTM C260 — Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
P. ASTM C494 — Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
Q. CRSI 63 - R CRSI 63 — Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars
R. PCI MNL 116 — Manual for Quality Control for Plants of Production of Precast
and Prestressed Concrete Products
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Pre -cast Fabricator, statement of qualifications.
B. Product Data:
1. Air -entraining admixture.
2. Water reducing admixture.
3. Liquid Chemical Sealer -Hardener Compound.
C. Miscellaneous:
1. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation of precast structural
concrete foundations for vertical steel fuel tanks. Indicate plans,
elevations, dimensions, shapes, cross sections, openings, and types of
reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting connections.
Refer to the Project Drawings for pre -cast foundation intent. Alternate
configurations will be considered; however, the Construction Drawings
set the standard for the minimum foundation requirements.
2. Mix design: Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete for
review prior to commencement of Work.
3. Submit results of cylinder breaks, and entrained air and slump tests.
D. Report: Vertical storage tank concrete ringwall survey within five (5) days of
placement of ringwall.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre -Cast Fabricator: Pre -cast Fabricator shall be a company who fabricates pre-
cast concrete units as a normal course of business with a minimum of 5 years'
experience in this field. Submit statement of qualifications with past projects and
references for approval.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03410-2 Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations
B. Comply with PCI MNL 116, "Manual for Quality Control for Plants and
Production of Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products".
C. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 318 and the design recommendations of
PCI MNL 120, "PCI Design Handbook — Precast and Prestressed Concrete".
D. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
E. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
F. Conform to ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather.
G. Perform concrete reinforcing work in accordance with ACI Detailing Manual 315
and CRSI "Placing Reinforcing Bars".
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the placement of precast units with earthwork and vertical tank
installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Reinforcement: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.
B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II.
C. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33, Size 67.
D. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33.
E. Mixing Water: Fresh, clean, and potable.
F. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260.
G. Chemical Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A, water reducing. Admixtures which
introduce chloride -ions (Cl-) into concrete mixture are not allowed.
H. Braided Steel Cable: Galvanized 6x19 braided steel cable, minimum 5/8" outside
diameter with a minimum breaking strength of 20 tons. Provide galvanized
thimbles and cable clamps as necessary to maintain 20 ton breaking strength.
I. Turnbuckles: Galvanized 1/4" x 18" turnbuckle with minimum working load limit
of 5200 pounds.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03410-3 Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations
J. Anchor Bolts: Hilti HVA Epoxy Adhesive Anchor Bolt System with 1/4" HAS -SS
threaded rod and nut as shown on the Drawings. No substitutions.
2.02 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
A. The design of the concrete mixes using the materials specified shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor as in accordance with ASTM requirements. The
concrete shall be Type C and have the following characteristics:
1. Compressive strength at 28 days shall be not less than 4,500 psi.
2. The strength of the concrete proposed for use shall be established by
testing prior to beginning concreting operation. A test consists of the
average of three cylinders made and cured in accordance with ASTM
C192 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39.
3. Slump shall not be more than 4 inches for vibrated concrete tested in
accordance with ASTM C143.
4. Minimum cement factor shall be six bags per cubic yard.
5. Air -entrainment is required in accordance with IBC Table 1904.2.1 for
Severe Exposure, Frost Resistant concrete.
6. Maximum water cement ratio equals 0.45 in accordance with IBC table
1904.2.2(1) for concrete exposed to freezing and thawing conditions.
2.03 PLANT QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection and testing shall be performed in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm.
C. Three concrete test cylinders shall be taken for every 50 or less cubic yards of
concrete placed on each day. A minimum total of 5 sets of cylinder tests are
required for each concrete mix design utilized in the Work.
D. One slump test and entrained air test will be taken for each set of test cylinders
taken.
2.04 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 304, and ACI 318.
B. Notify AUTHORITY a minimum 72 hours prior to commencement of pre -cast
operations. Pre -cast operations are subject to inspection by the AUTHORITY's
representative.
C. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
D. Verify that anchors, bar chairs, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be
cast into concrete are accurately placed, and positioned securely. Ensure
reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, and other accessories are not disturbed
during concrete placement.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03410-4 Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations
E. Erect formwork true and plumb. Ensure cable channels are accurately placed and
secured prior to commencing concrete placement.
F. Place concrete continuously in each pre -cast unit. Cold joints are prohibited
within precast concrete panel units.
G. Screed top surface maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/4-inch in 10 feet.
H. Identify pick points of precast concrete units and orientation in structure with
permanent markings, complying with markings indicated on the shop drawings.
Imprint casting date on each precast unit on a surface that will not show in
finished structure.
I. Cure concrete, according to requirements in PCI MNL 116, by moisture retention
without heat.
2.05 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. Provide formed concrete surfaces to be left exposed with smooth troweled finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that sub -grade has been properly prepared to the proper elevation prior to
beginning placement of the precast foundations.
3.02 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store precast units at project site to prevent cracking, distorting, warping,
staining, or other physical damage, and so markings are visible for inventory and
placement.
B. Lift and support units only at designated lifting and supporting points as shown
on the shop drawings.
3.03 FOUNDATION PLACEMENT
A. Install precast concrete foundation segments using equipment sized as required to
safely handle and place the segments.
B. Place segments in accordance with the approved shop drawings.
C. Erect precast units true and plumb to final elevation. Vertical storage tank
concrete ringwalls shall be level within ±'/8 inch in any 30 ft of the circumference
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03410-5 Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations
and within ± '/4 inch in the total circumference measured from the average
elevation.
D. Install cable in cable channels. Tighten turnbuckles to remove all slack, plus one
full turn.
E. Survey ringwalls upon completion of installation and submit to Engineer within
five (5) days of completing survey, and before placing tanks on their foundations.
3.04 PATCHING
A. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify
Engineer upon discovery.
B. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301.
C. Remove lift supports upon completing of the placement activities. Patch tie/lift
support holes in accordance with ACI 301.
3.05 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details,
dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements shall be removed and replaced.
B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon
express direction of Engineer for each individual area.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 03410-6 Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations
(NOT USED)
DIVISION 5 - METALS
SECTION 05500
MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fabrication and installation of all miscellaneous metal fabrications
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals
B. Section 02310 — Thermosyphons
C. Section 03410 — Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations
D. Section 05910 — Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings
E. Section 05920 — Cold Galvanizing
F. Section 09910 — Exterior Coating Systems
G. Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves, And Fittings
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of compliance shall be submitted. Certified copies of mill test reports
for structural steel shall be furnished. Certification that each welder has qualified
in accordance with AWS Code D1.1 within the previous 12 months shall be
provided.
B. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval. Drawings shall
include all shop and erection details. Members and connections for any portion of
the structure not shown on the Contract Drawings shall be detailed by the
fabricator and indicated on the shop drawings. All welds shall be indicated by
standard welding symbols of the AWS A2.0. Submit shop drawings for approval
for the following:
1. Sheetmetal Dike Liner Covers
2. Thermosyphon Condenser Support Brackets
3. Pipe Supports
4. Truck Fill Enclosures and Pump Boxes
5. Access Stairs and Platforms
6. Other miscellaneous metal fabrications indicated on the Drawings
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05500-1 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications
1.04 TOLERANCES
A. Allowable tolerances on all fabricated components shall be ±1/8" in any one
direction.
1.05 CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall establish and maintain control of the Work covered under
this section to insure compliance with the Contract requirements.
1.06 REFERENCES
A. AISC — Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel
for Buildings.
B. AISC — Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts
C. ASTM A 36 — Structural Steel.
D. ASTM A 53 — Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe.
E. ASTM A 153 — Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
F. ASTM A 283 — Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars.
G. ASTM A 307 — Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners.
H. ASTM A 500 — Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural
Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
I. ASTM A 501 — Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural
Tubing.
J. ASTM A 514 — High -Yield -Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate,
Suitable for Welding.
K. ASTM A 529 — Structural Steel with 42 ksi [290 MPa] Minimum Yield Point (1/2
in. [13 mm] Maximum Thickness).
L. ASTM A 563 — Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
M. ASTM A 588 — High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel with 50 ksi [345 MPa]
Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. [100 mm] Thick.
N. ASTM A 618 — Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless High -Strength Low -Alloy
Structural Tubing.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05500-2 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications
O. ASTM A 653 — Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated
(Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process.
P. ASTM B 221 — Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube.
Q. ANSI B 18.22.1 — Plain Washers.
R. ANSI B 46.1 — Surface Texture (Surface Roughness, Waviness and Lay).
S. AWS A2.0 — Standard Welding Symbols.
T. AWS A 2.4 — Symbols for Welding and Nondestructive Testing.
U. AWS A 3.0 — Welding Terms and Definitions.
V. AWS D1.1 — Structural Welding Code.
W. NAAMM (National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers) — BG —
Metal Bar Grating Manual.
1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural
Steel for Buildings shall govern the Work. Welding shall be in accordance with
AWS Code D1.1. High -strength bolting shall be in accordance with the AISC
Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts.
1.08 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all errors of detailing, fabrication, and for
the correct fitting of the structural members.
1.09 STORAGE
A. Material shall be stored out of contact with the ground in such manner and
location as will minimize deterioration.
1.10 WELDING PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION
A. Except for prequalified (per AWS 131.1) and previously qualified procedures,
each Contractor performing welding shall record in detail and shall qualify the
welding procedure specification for any welding procedure followed in the
fabrication of weldments. Qualification of welding procedures shall conform to
AWS D L I and to the specifications in this section. Copies of the welding
procedure specification and the results of the procedure qualification test for each
type of welding which requires procedure qualification shall be submitted for
approval. Approval of any procedure, however, will not relieve the Contractor of
the sole responsibility for producing a finished structure meeting all the
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05500-3 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications
requirements of these specifications. This information shall be submitted on the
forms in Appendix E of AWS D1.1. Welding procedure specifications shall be
individually identified and shall be referenced on the shop drawings and erection
drawings, or shall be suitably keyed to the contract drawings. In case of conflict
between this Specification and AWS D1.1, this Specification governs.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Materials shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Carbon Grade Steel: ASTM A 36
2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B
3. Plates: ASTM A283
4. Structural Tubing: ASTM A 501
5. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type S, Grade B
6. Sheet Metal: ASTM A 653 with G 100 coating
7. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded
8. Touch -Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Per Section 05920 — Cold
Galvanizing
9. High -Strength Bolts: ASTM A 325 or A 490 including nuts and washers
10. Carbon Steel Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A
11. Carbon Steel Nuts: ASTM A 563, Grade A, Hex Style
a. Low Temperature Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 320
b. Galvanized Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A153
12. Plain Washers: For other than those in contact with high -strength bolts use
ANSI B 18.22.1, Type B
2.02 TRUCK FILL SUMP BAR GRATING
A. Bar Grating for truck fill sump shall have a HS-20 load rating for the indicated
span.
B. Bar Grating shall be supplied with welded steel angle frame with Nelson studs for
embedding into concrete. Angle frame shall be prefabricated and hot dip
galvanized in accordance with Section 05910 — Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings
C. Bar Grating shall be Klemp KWHD-15-4 heavy duty serrated steel grating with
3" x 3/8" bars, hot dip galvanized.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FABRICATION
A. Fabrication shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the AISC
Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05500-4 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications
Buildings. Fabrication and assembly shall be done in the shop to the greatest
extent possible. Compression joints depending on contact bearing shall have a
surface roughness not in excess of 500 micro inches as determined by ANSI
B46.1, and ends shall be square within the tolerances for milled ends specified in
ASTM A 6. Structural steelwork, except surfaces of steel to be encased in
concrete, surfaces to be field welded, surfaces to be fireproofed, and contact
surfaces of friction -type high -strength bolted connections shall be prepared for
painting in accordance with the AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication
and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings.
B. Verify dimension on site prior to shop fabrication.
C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
D. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site.
E. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make
exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small
uniform radius.
F. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and
related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where
specifically noted otherwise.
G. Provide welds of the size indicated, or 3/16" minimum when not indicated. Use
AWS 5.1 E70XX electrodes.
3.02 FABRICATION FINISHES
A. Exterior coatings shall be as indicated on the Construction Drawings or as
specified.
B. For hot dip galvanized coating, see Section 05910 — Hot Dip Galvanized
Coatings.
C. For cold galvanizing, see Section 05920 — Cold Galvanizing.
D. For exterior coating systems, see Section 09910 — Exterior Coating Systems.
3.03 MISCELLANEOUS PLATES AND SHAPES
A. Provide for items that do not form a part of the structural steel framework, such as
miscellaneous mountings and frames.
3.04 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05500-5 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications
B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions.
3.05 PREPARATION
A. Clean and strip steel items to bare metal where site welding is required.
3.06 ERECTION
A. Erection of structural steel shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions
of the AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural
Steel for Buildings.
3.07 INSTALLATION
A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects.
B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true
alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments.
C. Field weld components as indicated on Drawings.
D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.
E. Obtain Engineer's approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not
scheduled.
3.08 CONNECTIONS
A. Anchor bolts and other connections between the structural steel and foundations
shall be provided and shall be properly located and built into connecting work.
3.09 WELDER, WELDING OPERATOR, AND TACKER QUALIFICATION
A. Each welder, welding operator, and tacker assigned to work on this Contract shall
be qualified in accordance with the applicable requirements of AWS D1.1.
Welders, welding operators, and tackers who make acceptable procedure
qualification test welds will be considered qualified for the welding procedure
used. Submit qualifications to the Engineer upon request.
3.10 FIELD TOUCHUP
A. Weld and Final Touchup: When required, after making any field welds, clean and
touchup shop applied fabrication finish.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05500-6 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications
SECTION 05510
PRE -MANUFACTURED ACCESS STAIRS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Specification applies to access stairs and platforms required for storage tank
containment dikes.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.
C. Section 05910 — Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings.
1.03 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA):
29 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
A123 Zinc (Hot -Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from
Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip
A153 Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufactures statement of qualifications.
B. Shop Drawings showing all dimensions, connection details, structural member
sizes, materials, and finishes. Shop drawings shall clearly indicate all support
points.
1.05 GENERAL
A. Access stairs shall pre-engineered and pre -manufactured by a company who
regularly engages in construction of OSHA compliant stairs and access platforms,
such as ATEC Diversified located in Evansville, Wyoming.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05510-1 Pre -Manufactured Access Stairs
B. Manufacturer shall have at least five (5) years experience in construction of
OSHA compliant stairs and platforms.
C. Crossover access stairs can be either full span or partial span. All support points,
including ends and intermediate supports must be coordinated with other
construction.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL CRITERIA
A. Access stairs and platforms shall be in accordance with OSHA 1910.24, Fixed
Industrial Stairs.
B. Stairs and access platforms shall be designed for a minimum live load of 300
pounds.
C. The angle of stair rise shall not be more than 34 degree from horizontal with 7
inch rise and 10-1/2 inch tread run. Rise height and tread width shall be uniform.
D. The width of stairs and access platforms shall be 48 inches.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Access stairs and platforms shall be fabricated from ASTM A36 steel.
B. Steel, fabrication and other materials shall be in accordance with Section 05500,
Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.
C. Stair stringers and access platform support beams shall be made from structural
channel, sized appropriately for the loads.
D. All support point (stair stringers and posts) shall have 3/8 inch thick end plates
with a minimum of two 9/16 inch diameter predrilled holes for 1/2 inch lag bolts.
E. Stair treads and access platform surfaces shall be slip resistant and made from
Grip Strut, serrated bar grate, or other approved slip resistant surface. Stair tread
nosing shall meet OSHA requirements for non -slip finish.
2.03 RAILINGS
A. Stairs and access platforms railings shall be provided on both sides and shall be in
accordance with OSHA 1910.23, Protection for Floor Openings.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05510-2 Pre -Manufactured Access Stairs
B. Provide 42 inch high hand rails, with intermediated rail and 4-inch high toe board
on all access platforms.
C. Hand rails, intermediate rails, and posts shall be at least 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
D. Stair railings shall be constructed similar to standard rails but the vertical height
shall be not more than 34 inches, nor less than 30 inches, from top rail to surface
of tread in line with face of the forward edge of tread.
2.04 ACCESS GATE AND FENCE COORDINATION
A. Access platforms shall have cut outs for field installation of gate posts for 36 inch
wide chain link fence access gates at the entrance to the containment dikes. Cut
out configuration shall be coordinated with fence gates provided.
B. Handrails shall have break points at fence line for installation of chain link fence
fabric and attachment to gate posts.
2.05 FINISH
A. Access stairs and platforms shall be hot dipped galvanized in accordance with
Section 05910 — Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings.
B. All fasteners and miscellaneous hardware shall be hot dip galvanized in
accordance with ASTM A 123 G100 and ASTM A153.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install pre -manufactured stairs with ends and support posts bearing on 12"x8"
pressure treated timbers approximately 5 foot long.
B. Embed timbers not less than half way into the ground and install lag bolts through
support point end plates.
C. Stair rise height and tread width shall be uniform throughout flight of stairs,
including foundation structure used as one or more treads of the stairs.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05510-3 Pre -Manufactured Access Stairs
SECTION 05910
HOT DIP GALVANIZED COATINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Specification covers the galvanized coating applied to general steel articles,
structural sections, fabricated steel assemblies and threaded fasteners.
B. This Specification does not apply to the galvanized coating on semi -finished
products such as wire, tube or sheet galvanized in specialized or automatic plants.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
A120 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc -Coated (Galvanized)
Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses.
A123 Zinc (Hot -Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from
Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip.
A143 Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot Dip Galvanized
Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting
Embrittlement.
A153 Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
A325 High Strength bolts for Structural Steel Joints.
A384 Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion during Hot Dip
Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies.
A385 Providing High Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot Dip).
A563 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
A569 Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), Hot -Rolled Sheet and
Strip Commercial Quality
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05910-1 Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings
A570 Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot -Rolled, Structural Quality
A780 Repair of Damaged Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings.
B6 Zinc (Slab Zinc).
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Certification: When requested by the purchaser/designer, a Certificate of
Compliance shall be provided stating that the galvanizing complies with ASTM
Specifications and Standards and all other applicable requirements specified
herein.
B. Inspection and Tests: Inspections, tests and samples shall conform with ASTM
Specifications and Standards. Inspection shall be carried out at the galvanizer's
plant by a designated party, or at some other place as agreed between fabricator
and galvanizer. Inspection rights and privileges, procedures, and acceptance or
rejection of galvanized steel material shall conform with ASTM A123 or A153 as
applicable. Inspections and tests shall include the following:
1. Visual examination of samples and finished products.
2. Tests to determine weight or mass of zinc coating per square foot of metal
surface.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. In accordance with Section 01300 — Submittals, submit coating applicator's
Certificate of Compliance that the hot dip galvanizing coating meets or exceeds
the specified requirements of ASTM A123 or A 15 3 (as applicable).
1.06 HANDLING, TRANSPORT AND STORAGE
Galvanized articles shall be loaded and stored as follows to prevent the formation of wet
storage stain:
A. The articles shall be stacked or bundled to allow air between the galvanized
surfaces during transport from the supplier. Additionally the material shall be
loaded in such a manner that continuous drainage could occur.
B. In storage, the articles shall be raised from the ground and separated with strip
spacers to provide free access of air to most parts of the surface. They shall also
be inclined in a manner which will give continuous drainage. Under no
circumstances shall galvanized steel be allowed to rest on cinders or clinkers;
neither shall it be stored on wet soil or decaying vegetation.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05910-2 Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL MATERIALS
A. Structural shapes, plates and bars that are to be galvanized shall be manufactured
from fully killed or semi -killed steel conforming to ASTM A36 or A572, except
that the silicon content shall be in the range of 0 to 0.04% or 0.15 to 0.25% only.
Mill certificates shall be furnished.
B. Steels containing certain amounts of silicon can when galvanized, produce brittle
coatings which are thicker and different in color to normal coatings.
C. Steel for fasteners shall conform to the following ASTM specifications for each
category:
General Category Bolt Material Nut Material
Carbon Steel A307 Gr A or B A563 Gr A
High Strength A325 Type 1 or 2 A563 Gr DH, or
A194 Gr 2H
Tower Bolts A394 A563 Gr A
D. Steel for sheet metal articles shall conform to ASTM A569 or A570.
E. Steel for pipe or tubing shall conform to ASTM A53, A120 or A595 Gr A or B.
2.02 ZINC FOR GALVANIZING
A. Zinc for galvanizing shall conform to ASTM B6.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Structural steel shall be fabricated generally in accordance with Class (I, II or III)
guidelines as shown in Recommended Details for Galvanized Structures as
published by the American Hot Dip Galvanizers Association, Inc.
B. Fabrication practices for products to be galvanized shall be in accordance with the
applicable portions of ASTM A143, A384 and A385, except as specified herein.
Care shall be taken to avoid fabrication techniques which could cause distortion
or embrittlement of the steel. Before fabrication proceeds, the Engineer shall be
notified of potential warpage problems which may require modification in design.
C. All welding slag and burrs shall be removed prior to delivery to the galvanizer.
D. Holes and/or lifting lugs to facilitate handling during the galvanizing process shall
be provided at positions as agreed between the designer, fabricator and
galvanizer.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05910-3 Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings
E. Unsuitable marking paints shall be avoided and consultation by the fabricator
with the galvanizer about removal of grease, oil, paint and other deleterious
material shall be undertaken prior to fabrication.
F. Surface contaminants and coatings which would not be removable by the normal
chemical cleaning process in the galvanizing operation shall be removed by the
fabricator using blast cleaning or some other method.
2.04 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Steelwork shall be pre -cleaned utilizing a caustic bath, acid pickle and flux.
Alternatively, the steel shall be blast cleaned and fluxed.
2.05 GALVANIZING
A. Steel members, fabrications, and assemblies shall be galvanized after fabrication
by the hot dip process in accordance with ASTM A123.
B. Bolts, nuts and washers and iron and steel hardware components shall be
galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. Nuts and bolts shall be supplied in
accordance with ASTM A307, A325, A394 and A563 as applicable.
C. Products shall be safeguarded against steel embrittlement in conformance with
ASTM A143.
D. All articles to be galvanized shall be handled in such a manner as to avoid any
mechanical damage and to minimize distortion.
E. Design features which may lead to difficulties during galvanizing shall be pointed
out prior to dipping.
F. The composition of metal in the galvanizing bath shall not be less that 98.0%
zinc.
2.06 COATING REQUIREMENTS
A. Weight: The weight of the galvanized coating shall conform with paragraph 6.1
of ASTM A123 G100, or Table 1 of ASTM A 15 3 as appropriate.
B. Surface Finish:
1. The galvanized coating shall be continuous, adherent, as smooth and
evenly distributed as possible and free from any defect that is detrimental
to the stated end use of the coated article.
2. The integrity of the coating shall be determined by visual inspection and
coating thickness measurements.
3. Where slip factors are required to enable friction grip bolting, these shall
be obtained after galvanizing by suitable treatment of the faying surfaces
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05910-4 Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings
in accordance with the latest edition of the Specification for Structural
Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts as approved by the Research
Council on Structural Connections of the Engineering Foundation.
C. Adhesion: The galvanized coating shall be sufficiently adherent to withstand
normal handling during transport and erection.
2.07 PAINTING
A. When required, galvanized steel shall be cleaned and painted in accordance with
the recommendations of the paint manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 WELDING
A. Where galvanized steel is to be welded, adequate ventilation shall be provided. If
adequate ventilation is not available, supplementary air circulation shall be
provided. In confined spaces a respirator shall be used.
B. Welding shall be performed in accordance with AWS D1.3-89, Structural
Welding Code — Sheet Steel and D1.1-92 Structural Welding Code — Steel, as
applicable
C. All uncoated weld areas shall be touched up.
3.02 TOUCH UP AND REPAIR
A. Repair areas damaged by welding, flame cutting, or during handling, transport or
erection by one of the approved methods in accordance with ASTM A780 and the
following:
1. Cold Galvanizing Compound:
a. Surfaces shall be clean, dry, and free of oil, grease and corrosion
products.
b. Areas to be repaired shall be power -wire -brush cleaned to bright
metal in accordance with SSPC SP3 Power Tool Cleaning. To
ensure that a smooth reconditioned coating can be effected, surface
preparation shall extend into the undamaged galvanized coating.
C. Touch-up paint shall be an organic zinc -rich cold galvanizing
compound complying with DOD-P-21035 having a minimum of
94% zinc dust in the dry film.
d. The paint shall be spray or brush applied in multiple coats until a
dry film thickness of 8 mils minimum has been achieved. A finish
coat of aluminum paint shall be applied to provide a color blend
with the surrounding galvanizing.
e. Coating thickness shall be verified by measurements with a
magnetic or electromagnetic gauge.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05910-5 Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings
2. Zinc Based Solder:
a. Surfaces to be reconditioned with zinc -based solder shall be clean,
dry and free of oil, grease and corrosion products.
b. Areas to be repaired shall be wire brushed.
C. Heat shall be applied slowly and broadly close to, but not directly
onto the area to be repaired. The zinc -based solder rod shall be
rubbed onto the heated metal until the rod begins to melt. A
flexible blade or wire brush shall be used to spread the melt over
the area to be covered. The zinc based solder shall be applied in a
minimum thickness of 2 mils.
d. Coating thickness shall be verified by measurements with a
magnetic or electromagnetic gauge.
B. Wet Storage Stain: Any wet storage stain shall be removed by the galvanizer if
formed and discovered prior to leaving the galvanizer's plant, unless late pick up
or acceptance of delivery has necessitated the material being stored in
unfavorable conditions. In any event, wet storage stain shall be removed before
installation so that premature failure of the coating will not occur. Wet storage
stain shall be removed as follows:
1. The objects shall be arranged so that their surfaces dry rapidly.
2. Light deposits are to be removed by means of a stiff bristle (not wire)
brush. Heavier deposits are to be removed by brushing with a 5% solution
of sodium or potassium dichromate with the addition of 0.1 % by volume
of concentrated sulfuric acid. This is to be applied with a stiff bristle
brush and left for about 30 seconds before thoroughly rinsing and drying.
Alternatively a proprietary product such as Oakite Highlite, or equal,
which is intended for this purpose, may be used according to
manufacturer's recommendations.
3. A coating thickness check must be made in the affected areas to ensure
that the zinc coating remaining after the removal of wet storage stain is
sufficient to meet or exceed the requirements of the Specification.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05910-6 Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings
SECTION 05920
COLD GALVANIZING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Specification covers cold galvanized coating compound applied to general
steel articles, structural sections, fabricated steel assemblies and threaded
fasteners where specified or shown on the Construction Drawings as "cold
galvanized".
B. All other galvanized items shown on the Drawings will be hot -dipped in
accordance with Specification Section 05910 — Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings.
C. This coating may be shop or field applied.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Reference Standards:
Fed Spec DOD-P-21035A Galvanizing Repair.
Fed Spec MIL-P-269915A USAF Zinc Dust Primer.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Certification: Provide a Certificate of Compliance stating that the galvanizing
complies with the Specifications and has been applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. In accordance with Section 01300 — Submittals, submit application instructions
and product data for approval.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05920-1 Cold Galvanizing
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GALVANIZING
A. Coating shall be an organic zinc -rich cold galvanizing compound complying with
DOD-P-21035 having a minimum of 94% zinc dust in the dry film, and shall be
listed by Underwriters Laboratories as an equivalent to hot -dipped galvanizing,
ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound as manufactured by ZRC Products Co.,
Quincy, Massachusetts or approved equal.
B. As an alternate to cold galvanizing compound, Contractor may substitute 5 mils
of Carboline "CARBOMASTIC 15". Surfaces shall be power tool cleaned to
SSPC-SP3.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Cold Galvanizing Compound
1. Rust Scale — Power tool clean to SSPC-SP3
2. Mill Scale — Commercial blast to SSPC-SP6
3. Immersion Service — Near white blast to SSPC-SP 10
3.02 APPLICATION
A. Cold Galvanizing Compound
1. Surfaces shall be clean, dry, and free of oil, grease and corrosion.
2. Apply two coats, 3 mils DFT total, using manufacturer's recoat time
directions.
3. Touch up any areas as specified above where coating has been damaged.
4. Submit a certification that the above requirements have been performed as
specified.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 05920-2 Cold Galvanizing
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC
SECTION 06110
PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pressure treated lumber for wood in contact with earth or installed below grade.
B. Preservative treatment.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01150 — Surveying.
B. Section 01300 — Submittals.
C. Section 02200 — Earthwork.
D. Section 02300 — Geotextile.
E. Section 02350 — Rigid Insulation Board.
F. Section 02600 — Membrane Liners.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. AWPA — American Wood Preservative Association
B. AF&PA — American Forest & Paper Association, Design Valves for Wood
Construction
C. PS 1 — Construction and Industrial Plywood
D. PS 20 — American Softwood Lumber Standard
E. WCLIB — West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
F. WWPA — Western Wood Product Association
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. In accordance with Section 01300 — Submittals.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 06110-1 Pressure Treated Lumber
B. Wood Treatment Data: Submit treatment manufacturer's instructions for
handling, storing, installation and finishing of treated material.
1. Preservative Treatment: For each type specified, include certification by
treating plant type of preservative solutions and pressure process used, net
amount of preservative retained and conformance with applicable
standards.
2. For water -borne preservatives, include statement that moisture content of
treated materials was reduced to levels indicated prior to shipment to
project site.
C. Approval letters for fastener material selection from wood preservative
manufacturer and fastener manufacturer.
D. Pressure Treated Lumber and Timber Fastener Data.
1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against
exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber and
plywood to provide air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary
coverings including polyethylene and similar materials.
1. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals,
provide sticks between each course to provide air circulation.
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordination: Fit carpentry work to other work. Scribe and cope as required for
and accurate fit. Correlate location of nailers, blocking, ground, and similar
supports to allow attachment of other work.
1.07 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
A. Pressure treated wood and fasteners shall be supplied from a single supplier.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber Standards: Manufactured lumber to comply PS 20 "American Softwood
Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies
certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 06110-2 Pressure Treated Lumber
B. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to reference
with lumber grades and species include the following:
1. WCLIB — West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
2. WWPA — Western Wood Products Association.
3. NLGA — National Lumber Grade Authority.
C. Factory -mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency
evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying agency,
grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill.
1. For exposed lumber, apply grade stamps to ends or back of each piece, or
omit grade stamps entirely and issue certificate of grade compliance from
inspection agency in lieu of grade stamp.
D. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide
actual sizes as required by PS20, for moisture content specified for each use.
1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER
A. Provide the following grade and species:
1. No. 2, or No. 2 and better.
2. Hem Fir.
2.03 TIMBERS
A. Provide the following grade and species:
1. No. 2, Beams and Stringers, Fb = 675 psi per AF&PA standard.
2. Hem Fir.
2.04 CONSTRUCTION PANELS
A. Construction Panel Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S. Product Standard for
Construction and Industrial Plywood" for plywood panels and for products not
manufactured under PS 1 provisions, with American Plywood Association (APA)
"Performance Standard and Policies for Structural -Use Panels", Form No. E445.
B. Trademark: Factory -mark each construction panel with APA trademark
evidencing compliance with grade requirements.
C. Provide treated plywood panels with grade designation, APA A-B MARINE EXT
with exterior glue in thickness indicated, or if not otherwise indicated, not less
than 3/4 inch.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 06110-3 Pressure Treated Lumber
2.05 WOOD TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS
A. Preservative Treatment: Where timbers, lumber or plywood is indicated as
treated, or is specified herein to be treated, comply with applicable requirements
of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber), C9 (Plywood), C22 (Timbers), and the AWPA
Standards listed below. Mark each treated item with the AWPA Quality Mark
Requirements.
1. Pressure -treat with water -borne preservatives for ground contact use
complying with AWPA Use Category UC413 which will generally have a
0.60 minimum retention when rated for ground contact, depending on the
type of preservative treatment selected. Wood members are used as
follows:
a. Above grade, in contact with ground, and exposed.
b. Installed below grade.
2. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible.
If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces with heavy brush coat of same
chemical used for treatment and to comply with AWPA Standard MR.
Prevent spills and ground contact by preservative.
3. Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after drying and discard
damaged or defective pieces.
2.06 FASTENERS AND HARDWARE
A. Fasteners: Stainless steel fasteners shall be provided for connections in all
pressure -treated wood, unless the following requirements are met:
1. Approval letters are submitted from both the wood treatment manufacturer
and the fastener manufacturer, stating the proposed fasteners are suitable
for permanent installations in exterior, exposed, wet locations.
2. Steel fasteners, if approved, shall be as a minimum ASTM A307 lags or
bolts with a triple plate galvanized finish of an equivalent thickness to
G185.
B. Hardware: All hardware shall be made with ASTM A123 G100 post hot dipped
galvanized steel that is in direct contact with pressure treated wood.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and
units which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or
optimum joint arrangement.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 06110-4 Pressure Treated Lumber
B. Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb
and true and accurately cut and fitted.
C. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown
and as required by recognized standards.
D. Use common wire nails, except as otherwise indicated. Select fasteners that will
not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will
receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install
fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required.
E. Provide pressure -treated at all locations where materials are in contact with grade,
below grade, and other locations indicated on Contract Drawings.
F. Attach members as required to support applied loading.
G. Pre -drill and countersink bolts, nuts and lags flush with surfaces, unless otherwise
shown.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 06110-5 Pressure Treated Lumber
DIVISIONS 7 through 8
(NOT USED)
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
SECTION 09910
EXTERIOR COATING SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section includes surface preparation and coating requirements for all new
fuel storage tanks.
B. This section also covers:
1. Coating of metal fabrications where indicated, such as pump boxes.
2. Coating of existing structures where indicated, including but not limited to
the following:
a. Existing 1,500 gallon School Maintenance Building tank.
b. Two (2) existing 88,600 gallon UVEC tanks.
C. Existing 89,000 gallon WCAS tank.
d. Existing 89,000 gallon UNC tank.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications.
C. Section 13200 — Vertical Storage Tanks.
D. Section 13201 — Horizontal Storage Tanks.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Specifications:
SSPC-PA 1
Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting
SSPC-SP 1
Solvent Cleaning
SSPC-SP 3
Power Tool Cleaning
SSPC-SP 6
Commercial Blast Cleaning
SSPC-SP 7
Brush-off Blast Cleaning
SSPC-SP 10
Near White Blast Cleaning
B. SPCC Paint Application Specification No. 2 — Measurement of Dry Paint
Thickness with Magnetic Gauges.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 09910-1 Exterior Coating Systems
C. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) Standards: Recommended
Practice 0188-99, "Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings
on Conductive Substrates."
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall submit for approval the following items one (1) month prior to
the start of coatings application:
1. The proposed coating system. If different manufacturers are proposed
within each coating system, provide certification from manufacturers of
capability.
2. The proposed applicators, their qualifications, and experience.
3. Provide manufacturer's data, instructions, and Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS) for all coatings.
4. Inspection and application procedures in the field.
5. Independent NACE Inspector qualifications and certifications not
employed by the coating applicator.
6. Ambient temperature, humidity, recoat window, and other application
parameters relevant for proposed coating system.
B. The Contractor shall submit the following items weekly during coating
application:
1. Temperature, humidity, and dew point readings during coating
applications.
2. Magnetic dry film thickness readings for each coating applied.
1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Coating: Coating applicator shall be a factory authorized coating company with
at least five (5) years continuous experience in applying industrial coatings to
tanks and utility piping.
B. Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective quality control necessary to
assure conformance to applicable Specifications and plans with respect to
materials, workmanship, finish, and functional performance.
C. Coatings shall resistant to unleaded gasoline, aviation gasoline, No. 2 diesel and
Jet A fuels.
D. Coating system shall be compatible with an above grade exposure to direct
continuous sunlight, and be UV resistant.
E. Unless specified herein, the coating manufacturer's printed recommendations and
instructions for shelf life, surface preparation, mixing, thinning, handling,
applying, curing, and protecting coating and for all other procedures relative to
coating shall be strictly observed.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 09910-2 Exterior Coating Systems
F. It is the applicator's responsibility to perform work to the requirements of this
Specification and to conduct inspections and tests necessary to ensure
compliance. The AUTHORITY may conduct any inspection deemed necessary to
verify compliance.
1.06 COATING SYSTEMS
A. Coating systems shall be as specified in the Table below, unless otherwise
indicated in the Contract Documents.
ITEM
COATING SCHEDULE
(All mil requirements are dry film)
EXTERIOR ABOVE GRADE
-------------------------------------
Tanks, Ladders, Hand 1 coat Inorganic Zinc based Primer (3-4 mils DFT)
Rails, Appurtenances, 1 coat Epoxy Intermediate Coat (4-6 mils DFT)
Misc. Metal, etc. 1 coat Urethane Top Coat (2-3 mils DFT)
-or-
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01 PRIMER
1 coat Inorganic Zinc based Primer (3-4 mils DFT)
1 coat Polyurea Top Coat (8-10 mils DFT)
A. Provide a two component, chemically cured, reinforced inorganic zinc primer.
Provide Devoe Catha-Coat 302H or approved equal. Apply coating 3-4 mils
DFT. Coating shall be equal to or provide better performance characteristics than
the following:
Specification
Solids by Volume
Volatile Organic Content
Cure Time (3 mils DFT)
2.02 INTERMEDIATE COAT
Test Method
ASTM D2697-7 day
EPA 24
ASTM D 1640
Minimum Value
78%
3.6 lbs/gal
Recoat 4.5hr @ 40°F
Dry 13 hr @ 40°F
A. Provide a two component, chemically cured, multi -purpose epoxy coating.
Coating to be suitable for corrosive environments. Provide Devoe Bar -Rust 236
or approved equal. Apply coating 4-6 mils DFT. Coating shall be equal to or
provide better performance characteristics than the following:
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 09910-3 Exterior Coating Systems
Specification
Solids by Volume
Volatile Organic Content
Cure Time (6 mils DFT)
2.03 URETHANE TOP COAT
Test Method
ASTM D2697-7 day
EPA 24
ASTM D 1640
Minimum Value
80%
1.41 lbs/gal
Recoat 9 hr @ 40°F
Dry 17 hr @ 40°F
A. Provide a two component, chemically cured, aliphatic urethane coating. Tank
coating color shall be medium gray. The AUTHORITY will select the exact
color from the product manufacturer's standard industrial color planner. Provide
Devoe Devthane 389 or approved equal. Apply coating 2-3 mils DFT. Coating
shall be equal to or provide better performance characteristics than the following:
Specification
Solids by Volume
Volatile Organic Content
Cure Time (2 mils DFT)
2.04 POLYUREA TOP COAT
Test Method
ASTM D2697-7 day
EPA 24
ASTM D 1640
Minimum Value
56%
3.23 lbs/gal
Recoat 10 hr @ 40°F
Dry 32 hr @ 40°F
A. Provide a two component, chemically cured, aliphatic polyurea coating, color
shall be medium gray. The AUTHORITY shall select exact color from the
product manufacturers standard industrial color planner. Provide Futura Futura-
Thane EC20065 coating. Apply coating 8-10 mils DFT. Coating shall be equal
to or provide better performance characteristics than the following:
Specification
Solids by Volume
Volatile Organic Content
Cure Time (4 mils DFT)
2.05 CLEANSING ADDITIVES
Test Method
ASTM D2697-7 day
EPA 24
ASTM D 1640
Minimum Value
90%
0.8 lbs/gal
Dry hard 2 hr @ 50-60°F
A. The following additives shall be used for power washing surfaces in preparation
for coating application.
1. Cleaner: Devoe Devprep 88 Heavy Duty Cleaner.
2. Chlor-Rid International Hold -Blast Surface Passivator to prevent flash
rust.
2.06 STORAGE AND DELIVERY
A. Protect raw coating components from freezing.
B. Deliver in manufacturer's unopened containers with all labels intact.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 09910-4 Exterior Coating Systems
C. Manufacturer shall provide a MSDS and product data sheet for each material to
be used.
D. Each container shall be labeled with the following information: Manufacturer's
name, type of paint, catalog or stock number, production number, color
description and color number.
2.07 PIPE LABELING
A. On all above -grade piping, provide labels identifying contents and flow direction.
Stencil contents and flow direction every 50 feet minimum and 150 feet
maximum, and at all branches and entrances to tanks, buildings, structures and at
valves. Lettering height shall be 0.50 times the outside diameter of the pipe with
proportionately sized flow direction arrows. Labeling shall consist of permanent
reflective painted lettering which contrasts with pipe color. Labeling shall be
compatible with coating system.
B. Piping at the marine header shall be labeled.
2.08 TANK LABELING
A. Signage and placards for all tanks shall be permanently painted with stencils or
shop fabricated vinyl letters on a non -reflective white vinyl adhesive background.
B. On all tanks included in the project scope, provide signage indicating product
stored and shell capacity as shown on the Construction Drawings, and required by
NFPA 704. For horizontal tanks, provide signage on each head wall, on vertical
tanks provide signage above the fill/issue nozzle and 180 degrees from said
nozzle.
Labeling shall be a minimum 2" lettering with 3/8" stroke on horizontal
tanks and 3" lettering with'h" stroke on vertical tanks.
a. Lettering shall be black for the following:
1. Product Stored
2. Tank Capacity
3. Tank Number
b. Lettering shall be red for the following:
1. Gasoline, "Danger — Flammable — No Smoking"
2. Diesel, "Danger — Combustible — No Smoking"
2. NFPA placarding shall conform to the NFPA requirements for color and
size for 100 foot visibility. Diesel is 2-2-0. Gasoline is 2-3-0.
C. In addition to the requirements of paragraph 2.083, provide additional signage
for dispensing tanks:
1. Labeling shall be a minimum 3" lettering with 1/2" stroke. Lettering shall
be red.
2. "Simultaneous Tank Filling and Vehicle Dispensing Prohibited".
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 09910-5 Exterior Coating Systems
2.09 TOUCH-UP COATING
A. Provide five (5) one -gallon top coat kits for future coating maintenance by the
Facility Owner.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SAFETY
A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor and any subcontractors to perform all
Work in a safe manner. Also, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to assure
that all applicable health and safety standards and all local, state, and federal
safety regulations are met. The omission in this Specification of any applicable
safety regulation does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to comply.
B. The Contractor shall keep on hand at the worksite copies of all local, state, and
federal safety regulations governing the work procedures and copies of the
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all chemicals at the work site. The
Contractor shall brief all workers at the job site of the location of the regulations
and MSDS.
C. Provide safe access to the work areas. The work area shall be kept free of debris.
D. Any ignition source, such as internal combustion engines, welding operations,
smoking areas, shall be kept at a safe distance from surfaces during coating
application and curing.
E. Blast nozzles shall be equipped with a "deadman" type shut-off device. Blasting
hoses, spray equipment, air movers, and other type equipment shall be grounded.
F. Inspect protective clothing and personal protective equipment before use to
ensure they are in proper, functioning condition.
G. It is the Contractor's responsibility to dispose of all materials, both hazardous and
non -hazardous. All unused mixed materials shall be disposed of immediately.
All cans containing coating materials or thinners, or that were used for mixing
materials, and all rags or other items contaminated with coating materials or
thinners shall be disposed of according to applicable safety and waste disposal
regulations.
H. The Contractor shall address all safety issues regarding surface preparation and
coating of in-service petroleum storage tanks and piping. This shall include, but
is not limited to, grounding of equipment and sealing of vents and other openings
during blasting, spraying; or other activities that may produce static charges.
Coordinate with the Fuels Manager while tanks are sealed to prevent excessive
pressure and vacuum due to product flow. Allow tanks to vent during work hold
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 09910-6 Exterior Coating Systems
points and at night to prevent excessive pressure or vacuum due to changes in
temperature.
3.02 PRE -JOB CONFERENCE
A. A meeting shall be held, prior to
Specification. The Engineer,
representative are invited to attend.
any work being performed, to review this
Contractor, inspector, and manufacturer's
B. Any proposed deviations from this Specification must be brought to the attention
of the Engineer at or before the pre -job conference.
3.03 INSPECTION
A. Inspection shall be performed by a National Association of Corrosion Engineers
(NACE) certified coating inspector who may perform additional tests deemed
necessary to ensure compliance with this Specification.
B. After surface preparation work, inspect surfaces to receive coatings and repair all
defects prior to applying coatings.
C. Before blasting and applying any coating, the coatings applicator and the coatings
inspector shall agree on mutually acceptable "hold points". The Contractor shall
not continue work past each hold point until the NACE Inspector has approved
the previous work.
D. Use type 1 pull off magnetic dry film thickness gauges.
E. Blast and coating spray air shall be free of oil and water. Conduct blotter tests at
a minimum of every 12 hours of operation.
F. If any non-coatable defects are discovered in welds, after abrasive blasting, delay
their repair until after application of the first coat of coating material, at no
additional cost to the AUTHORITY.
G. After the second coat has cured completely, perform a holiday inspection using a
67.5 voltage DC holiday detector over 100% of the coated area. Use a suitable
surfactant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Mark all holidays
during the inspection with a chloride -free marker.
H. The responsibility of the inspector is to approve or disapprove Work according to
these Specifications. The inspector does not have authority to direct work.
3.04 MIXING AND THINNING
A. Mixing of products shall be done mechanically with volumes of five gallons or
more. Smaller volumes may be mixed manually.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 09910-7 Exterior Coating Systems
B. All coatings shall be thoroughly mixed to reach a smooth, uniform consistency
with no ribbons. Care must be taken to avoid excessive mixing. Any coating,
which exhibits foaming or frothing shall be deemed unusable and must be
discarded.
C. Only open or mix coatings that can be used that workday should be prepared.
Opened coatings, mixed or not, will not be allowed to be stored overnight.
D. Because of possible low ambient temperatures, continuous agitation of the
coatings may be required during application. Longer induction times may also be
required. Consult the product data sheets or the manufacturer's representative.
E. Use thinners as specified on the manufacturer's data sheet. No substitution of
thinners is allowed.
3.05 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Abrasive blast clean external surfaces as follows:
SSPC-SP-10 Near White Blast
Provide a 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 mil sharp angular surface profile. Remove all abrasive
residues either by blowdown or vacuum surfaces.
B. Weld spatter shall be scraped or ground before blasting.
C. All steel shall be free from surface contaminants. Spot samples will be made
before blasting and coating. Surface contaminants include rust, oil, grease, salts,
mill scale, water, dirt, abrasive residue, and dust.
D. Prepared steel must receive primer within four hours.
E. All sharp edges shall be removed by grinding or sanding. Weld seams shall be
rounded by power tool grinding.
3.06 APPLICATION
A. Apply appropriate coatings to all tanks, structures and related items. Coating
shall be applied according to manufacturer's recommendations in a safe,
professional manner.
B. Use contrasting colors for each coat for verification of complete coverage.
C. Weld seams, corners, crevices, bolts, exposed threads, and any other surface,
which cannot effectively be coated by air or airless spray must be brushed striped.
D. Ambient air conditions must be carefully monitored. No coating application may
begin unless the surface temperature is at least 5 degrees F above the dew point.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 09910-8 Exterior Coating Systems
Any environmental controls, such as tenting and heaters shall be incidental to the
work.
E. Surfaces to be coated must be free of any moisture, including ice and frost.
F. When beginning each section of work, the applicator will allow the inspector to
take a wet film thickness measurement. The inspector will determine if the
application rate and techniques are sufficient to provide an adequate coverage at
the desired dry film thickness. Contractor to provide wet film thickness gauges.
The AUTHORITY and/or Engineer shall have the option to verify the applicators
rate of application with a wet film thickness measurement.
G. The finished surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, laps, brush
marks, and variations in color, texture, and finish.
H. Measure the DFT after each coat and the total DFT for the entire coating system
according to SSPC PA-2.
1. Areas found to have insufficient DFT shall receive application of
additional coating in accordance to these specifications.
2. Areas of excessive DFT shall be reported to the Engineer. The Engineer
shall then determine if the thickness is acceptable or if corrective action is
warranted. Only the Engineer has authority to direct corrective action, if
any.
3. The Contractor shall bear the burden of any additional costs required to
repair any coating defects.
Repair any holidays or defects by grinding down to bare metal, feathering, and
roughening the surrounding coating. Apply touchup coatings as detailed in part
3.07 REPAIR OF DAMAGED COATINGS. Allow coating to cure. Measure the
DFT and correct as necessary.
Standpipes, manways and covers, nozzles, and flanges on tanks shall be painted.
Caution and masking shall be used to prevent coating of male and female pipe
threads and flange faces that must be assembled after coating application. Mask
data plates, level gauge glass and similar items; do not paint these surfaces.
3.07 REPAIR OF DAMAGED COATINGS
A. Visually inspect surfaces for any damage to coatings. Perform a high -voltage
electrical holiday inspection test after surfaces have been coated.
B. Areas that fail the holiday test should be cleaned, roughed by power tool, or other
approved means.
C. Apply coatings as specified for the surface, to specified DFT for each coat, to
complete the repair.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 09910-9 Exterior Coating Systems
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
SECTION 10522
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fire extinguishers at bulk tank farm inside each containment cell.
B. Fire extinguishers at each truck fill station.
C. Fire extinguishers at intermediate tanks.
D. Fire extinguishers at other locations indicated.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. UL "A" Building Materials Directory
B. NFPA No. 10 Fire Extinguishers, Portable
C. NFPA No. 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquid Code
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EXTINGUISHERS
A. Manufacturer: Larsen's Manufacturing Co., 7421 Commerce Lane, N.E.,
Minneapolis, MN 55432, (612) 571-1181, or approved equal.
B. Extinguisher shall have a minimum rating of 3-A, 40-B:C and a 20 lb capacity.
Fire rating in accordance with NFPA No. 10 and No. 30.
1. Gasoline Fires: Class III Hazard; BC.
2. Fuel Oil Fires: Class II Hazard; BC.
3. Wood, Paper and All Above: Class I, II, or III; ABC.
C. Extinguisher Brackets: Larsen's Manufacturing Co., bottom support, quick
release strap -buckle type.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 10522-1 Fire Extinguishers
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Mount top of extinguishers 3 to 4 feet above ground, pavement, or floor.
B. Fasten extinguisher brackets securely to structure. Provide additional brackets,
uni-strut, fasteners, and components as required. All miscellaneous hardware
shall be hot dip galvanized.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 10522-2 Fire Extinguishers
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
SECTION 11951
SPILL RESPONSE EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Specification applies to standard spill response equipment and connexes for
storing this equipment.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals
1.03 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA):
29 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's data for all spill response equipment and supplier for each
item. Group item by each supplier.
B. Unless otherwise indicated alternate manufacturers will be acceptable as long as
they supply similar equipment with the same quality and performance.
C. All equipment and materials shall be new unless indicated otherwise.
1.05 GENERAL
A. The Contractor is responsible for providing spill response equipment as specified
and in accordance with this Section.
B. Connexes shall be placed on timber foundations in the locations indicated on the
drawings. Provide six (6) 6" x 6"x 10 ft pressure treated timbers equally spaces
for each connex for the timber foundation.
C. Place all spill response equipment inside connexes. Place smaller items inside
overpack drums.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 11951-1 Spill Response Equipment
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SPILL RESPONSE EQUIPMENT
A. Provide all spill response equipment as specified in the below Bid Schedule.
B. Connexs shall be standard 20 ft long shipping containers, steel construction, not
insulated. Connexs shall be in like new condition but need not be new. Connex
doors shall operate freely without binding or excessive resistance, and connex
exterior shall have minimal rust.
C. Smart Ash incinerator shall be as specified, no substitutes.
D. Portable pump substitute shall be approved.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 11951-2 Spill Response Equipment
2.02 BID SCHEDULE
Quantity
Item/Description
Unit
Cost
Extend.
Cost
Absorbent Material and Containers
6 ea.
Overpack Drums, 95 Gallon Poly (See Note 2)
1 ea
Open -top Drum, 55 Gallon, Metal
4 ea.
Absorbent Roll, min 30"x140', min absorb 50 gal/bale
4 ea.
Absorbent Pads, min 16"x20", 100 Pieces Ea., min absorb 24 gallons/bale
12 ea.
Absorbent Boom, min 4"x40% min 100 gal/40'
4 ea.
Absorbent Sweep, 19" x 100', min absorb 25 gal/bale
Personnel Protective Equipment
100 pr.
Gloves, Nitrile AF18 Chem -Resist, Pairs
24 ea.
Tyvek Suits, XL Polyethylene Coated
12 pr.
Goggles
6 ea.
Hardhats
RecoveryE
ui ment
5 ea.
3000 gallon Fold -A -Tank
2 ea.
2-inch portable centrifugal pump, gas -powered Gorman Rupp #82D1-8-X
rated at 160 gpm with 2" camlocks
(Option #1: Marlow 2AM32-P rated at 120 gpm with 2" camlocks)
(Option #2: Homelite #320 rated at 140 gpm with 2" camlocks)
2 ea.
Discharge Hose with 2" camlocks, 100' total length
2 ea.
Suction Hose with 2" camlocks, 50' total length
4 ea.
Shovel
4 ea.
Rake
8 rolls
Garbage/Disposal Bags
Miscellaneous
1 ea.
Smart Ash incinerator
5 ea.
Fire Extinguishers, Portable, Type 3A-40BC
2 ea.
Connex, 20 foot, lockable
4 ea.
Padlocks, keyed -alike
TOTAL $
Notes:
1. Absorbent material can be natural or synthetic.
2. Place all spill response items in overpack drums. If items will not fit within 6 overpacks, then
provide additional overpacks.
3. Permanently label all overpack drums "SPILL RESPONSE KIT" with minimum 3" high letters.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 11951-3 Spill Response Equipment
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Place pressure treated timbers equally space over required area. Embed timbers
halfway into ground and level tops with adjacent timbers.
B. Install connexes on top of timbers.
C. Place items in overpack drums. Alternatively place items on shelves inside
connexes. If shelves are used they must be sufficiently strong to hold equipment.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 11951-4 Spill Response Equipment
DIVISION
(NOT USED)
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 13200
VERTICAL STORAGE TANKS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Specification identifies specific requirements for new field erected vertical
tanks required for this project.
B. Tanks shall be designed for storage of either gasoline or diesel. Tanks shall be
designed for hydrostatically testing completely full with water.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals
B. Section 03410 — Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations
C. Section 09910 — Exterior Coating Systems
D. Section 15052 — Welding Pressure Piping
E. Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves and Fittings
1.03 REFERENCES
A. UL Standard 142 — Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible
Liquids
B. NFPA No. 30 — Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings and material lists with catalog cuts for all piping materials,
equipment, and tank appurtenances. Any substitutions shall be submitted and
approved prior to the start of tank fabrication. All deviations from these
Specifications and attached Construction Drawings shall be clearly shown and
identified on the shop drawings.
B. The Contractor shall submit tank shop drawings for review at least one month
prior to fabrication. A UL certified tanks fabricator shall produce shop drawings.
Changes and clarifications requested by AUTHORITY and/or Engineer shall be
incorporated in revised shop drawings and be resubmitted for review at least one
week prior to start of fabrication. Fabrication shall not start prior to shop drawing
approval by Engineer, except when authorized by Engineer.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13200-1 Vertical Storage Tanks
C. The Contractor shall submit the following for approval one (1) month prior to the
start of tank erection.
1. Welding Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs)
2. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs)
3. Welder Performance Qualifications (WPQs)
4. Nondestructive Testing (NDT) Procedures and NDT Personnel
Certifications
5. Welding Inspector Certification
6. Quality Control Plan
D. Contractor shall submit UL 142 Certification within thirty (30) days after
completion of tank erection. All data that will be engraved on the UL data plate
shall be provided at this time.
E. Contractor shall submit tank survey results within five (5) working days of each
survey.
F. Provide operation and maintenance data for all valves, equipment, and
appurtenances. Submit operation and maintenance data in comprehensive bound
manual.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Minimum five years experience in the type of tank
specified.
B. Testing: Provide independent testing firm to perform testing and inspection for
tank welding.
C. Tank Leak Test: Provide tank integrity testing in the form of a hydrostatic test in
accordance with UL 142. Hydrostatic test water shall be in accordance with
Section 13202 — Vertical Storage Tank Work.
1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. All tanks shall conform to this Specification and the Construction Drawings. The
tanks shall be furnished with all equipment and appurtenances specified as shown
on the Drawings.
B. The tanks shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of the most current edition
of Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Standard for Safety UL 142, "Steel
Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids".
C. The tanks shall be erected by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The
tank fabricator shall design the tank and provide all tank materials (i.e. steel plate,
roller plate, rolled sections, nozzles, etc.) required for field erection of the tanks.
The tank fabricator shall provide all erection requirements (i.e. welding
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13200-2 Vertical Storage Tanks
procedures, etc.). Upon completion of the tank erection, the tank fabricator shall
provide a UL Inspector to inspect and issue a field installed UL label for each of
the required tanks.
D. At the Contractor's option, shop fabricated, assembled and coated UL 142 listed
and labeled tanks delivered to the project site completely assembled and ready for
installation can be provided. If the shop fabricated option is being selected, this
shall be indicated in the submittals.
E. Coating Requirements: Coat tanks as specified in Section 09910 — Exterior
Coating Systems.
F. Ladders and handrails shall comply with OSHA requirements.
G. All welding, Welding Procedure Qualification Records, Welding Procedure
Specifications, and Welder Performance Qualifications shall be performed in
accordance with tank fabricators requirements, UL 142, and ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. All welds
shall be continuous seal welds. No "stitch" or "skip" welding is permitted.
H. Submit a written report of testing and weld inspection results.
I. Freight, Hauling and Storage: Bundle and protect plates and tank components for
ocean-going freight to ensure delivery without damage or corrosion. Materials
shall be stored with adequate support to maintain fabricated shape. Shell plate
shall be shipped and stored on cradles to maintain design rolled radius.
All fuel system equipment shall be UL listed and labeled, where available, and
shall be rated for the specified service conditions.
1.07 TANK DESIGN
A. Design Responsibilities:
1. Tank Fabricator shall design, as specified herein and shown on the
Construction Drawings, welded steel tanks with anchors and associated
accessories.
2. Tank Fabricator shall design tank emergency venting using frangible roof
joints (weak shell to roof joints) in accordance with UL 142.
B. Design Requirements:
1. Tank Specification: UL 142.
2. Tank Size: The tank shall have a nominal shell storage capacity of 46,600
gallons. The tank dimensions shall be 21.0 feet in diameter with a shell
height of 18 feet.
3. Tank Erection: Tank erection and assembly will be completed in field.
Provide all necessary fittings and appurtenances to complete construction
of tanks detailed within the Construction Drawings and this Specification.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13200-3 Vertical Storage Tanks
Do not install nozzles, manholes, doubler plates or any penetration for
tank appurtenances in the shop.
4. Tank Foundation: The tanks will be placed on pre -cast concrete
foundations as detailed on the Construction Drawings. A secondary
membrane liner will be placed between the tank bottom and foundation for
tank bottom leak detection. Membrane liner cannot be placed under tank
floor until, as a minimum, floor plate are welded together, tank shell to
floor weld is completed, and anchor chairs are welded in place. Anchor
chairs are required to resist tank design loads and shall be placed as
indicated on the Construction Drawings.
5. Tank Joints: The tanks shall incorporate joints in accordance with UL
142. Shell joints shall be double welded or full penetration butt welds
conforming to No. 1 or No. 2 of Figure 6.1 respectively. Floor to shell
joints shall be double welded fillet welds conforming to No. 1 of Figure
6.3. External rim angle roof joints shall conform to No. 4 of Figure 6.4 for
weak shell to roof construction.
6. Tank Materials: All materials shall be new as specified in Part 2 of this
Section. Built-up plates and structural sections are not allowed. Plate
dimension tolerances shall be plus or minus 1/16-inch of the given
dimensions in addition to the fabrication tolerances listed below.
Fabricator shall be responsible for mill split plate tolerances in addition to
the fabrication tolerances listed below.
7. Tolerances: Fabricated materials shall meet the following tolerance to
ensure adequate fit -up during field erection. All dimensions of the
material shall meet these tolerances with no exception:
a. Shear: plus or minus 1/1 6-inch
b. Rolling:
• Out of Round: plus or minus 3%
• Circumference: plus or minus 3/16-inch
• Radius: plus or minus 1.5%
C. Circle Shearing: plus or minus 1/8-inch
d. Flame Cutting: plus or minus 1/1 6-inch
e. Square ness: <1/8-inch
8. Ladders: Each tank shall be equipped with a weld -on roof access ladder
with safety cage. The ladders shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with federal OSHA and UL 142 requirements. Ladder and
ladder cage components shall be shop assembled for field installation.
9. Handrail: Provide federal OSHA compliant handrail and toe -board as
shown on the Drawings. Handrail shall be 42-inches in height with top
rail, intermediate rail and toe -board. Top rail, intermediate rail and posts
shall be at least 1-1/2 inch diameter. Toe -board shall be 4-inches in
vertical height.
10. Lifting Eyes: Lifting connections (eyes) shall be provided for tank
handling where shown on the Drawings.
11. Manholes: Provide manhole lids, bolts and fuel resistant gaskets for each
shell and roof manhole. Shell manhole shall include doubler plate.
12. Tank Penetrations: Flanged nozzles shall be ANSI Class 150 raised face
flanges, Schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. Threaded nozzles shall
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13200-4 Vertical Storage Tanks
be male pipe thread, Schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. Threaded
roof couplings shall be forged steel half couplings with female pipe
threads. Provide 1/4-inch thick round reinforcing (doubler) plates on all
tank couplings and nozzles 3-inches in diameter and larger. Doubler
plates shall be 3-inches larger in diameter than the nominal pipe size
outside diameter. All flanges and nozzles shall extend a minimum of 6-
inches from the outer tank shell, unless otherwise indicated.
13. Appurtenances: All equipment and appurtenances shall be designed so
equipment can be easily removed for future maintenance. Provide
bushings as required for appurtenance installation.
14. Signage: Tanks shall be labeled in accordance with the International
Fire Code, Chapters 22 and 34, and as to product stored, storage capacity
and "Danger -Flammable, No Smoking" sign with red letters on a white
background. Provide additional signage which identifies tank filling
procedures, plastic laminated tank depth -to -volume chart, NFPA 704
Placarding, tank penetration labels, STI labels, tank numbers (3" high with
''/2" stroke), and additional signage and requirements indicated on the
Construction Drawings. Coordinate signage requirements with Section
09910 — Exterior Coating Systems.
15. Data Plate: Tanks shall have UL listing data recorded onto a brass tag
attached to tank. All data shall be engraved or stamped onto the data plate
so as not to be obliterated by future coating application. This data shall be
in addition to the UL Label which may be an adhesive label.
16. Operating Conditions: Provide fuel tank components, seals, equipment
and appurtenances suitable for continuous operation under the following
maximum operating conditions.
a. Temp. Range: -40°F to +100°F
b. Products:
• Unleaded Gasoline
• No. 2 Diesel
• Aviation Gasoline (100LL)
• Jet A-50 (Fuel Oil and Arctic Grade Diesel same)
C. Hydrostatic Testing: Fluid shall be water, test shall be conducted
at the full liquid level. The duration of each test shall not be less
than four (4) hours.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TANK MATERIALS
A. Tank materials shall be as follows unless otherwise indicated or specified:
1. Plate: ASTM A36
2. Structural Sections: ASTM A36
3. Pipe and Piping Materials: In accordance with Section 15190 — Pipe,
Valves and Fittings.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13200-5 Vertical Storage Tanks
4. Pipe and Conduit Supports: As detailed. If not specifically detailed
provide solid backed Unistrut continuously seal welded in place in
accordance with Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves and Fittings.
2.02 NORMAL VENT
A. Diesel and Jet Fuel Tanks: Tee vent with screens and threaded connection.
Morrison Bros. Co. Model 155, or approved equal.
B. Gasoline Tanks: Provide pressure/vacuum type normal vent on all gasoline and
avgas tanks. Pressure/vacuum vent shall have threaded connection, cast low
copper, aluminum body, set to open at 1/2 oz./sq. in. pressure or vacuum. Shand
and Jurs, Model 94020-13-01-01-05 or approved equal.
2.03 EMERGENCY VENT
A. Not required due to weak shell to roof construction.
2.04 LIQUID LEVEL GAUGE
A. Liquid level tape gauge shall have a cast aluminum body and cover, stainless steel
constant power spring, and perforated tape. Tape gauge accuracy should be
within ±1/16". Gauge is to be designed for moderate service. .
B. Provide Shand and Jurs Model 92021, Class C, with Installation Kit No. 1, or
approved equal.
2.05 LEVEL SWITCHES
A. High Level Switch: Float activated magnetic level switch with ASME Class 150
raised face flanged tank connection. Actuation set point shall be as indicated. UL
listed for Class I, Division 1 hazardous environments. Custom Switches, Inc.
Model LS-1900 Type 2 or approved equal.
B. Critical High, High Level Switch: Float activated magnetic level switch with
ASME Class 150 raised face flanged tank connection. Actuation set points shall
be as indicated. UL listed for Class I, Division 1 hazardous environments.
Custom Switches, Inc. Model LS-1900 Type 6 or approved equal.
2.06 SAMPLE HATCH
A. Lockable sample hatch,
cover for tank gauging.
approved equal.
threaded, 3-inch diameter, brass hatch with cast iron
Provide Morrison Bros. Co. Figure 178 BB -IC, or
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13200-6 Vertical Storage Tanks
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SHIPPING
A. Tank shell, roof, and base material shall be sized such that it is suitable for
shipping in standard connexes or flats. Rolled materials shall be packaged on
welded steel saddles, which maintain the rolled shape radius tolerances to within
plus or minus 3-inches of the design radius. The saddles shall be constructed to
ship the shell plate curved downward, i.e. with the center of the plate high, and
the edges low.
B. All tank appurtenances and equipment shall be packaged, palletized, or crated for
barge transport. Include packing layout in shop drawings for review and
approval. Tank appurtenances and equipment shall be protected from moisture
and shall be packaged in weather tight enclosures.
3.02 TANK ERECTION
A. Tank construction shall not start before installation of concrete ringwall has been
approved by the Engineer.
B. Tanks, fittings and nozzles shall be erected in accordance with the, tank
fabricators requirements, the Construction Drawings, and UL 142.
C. All welds shall be continuous seal welds. No "stitch" or "skip" welding is
permitted.
D. Install all penetrations and equipment on roof plum and level, and all shell
nozzles square to tank tangent lines.
E. After tank hydrostatic testing, remove all water from tank, squeegee residual
water from floor, remove shell and roof manholes, and force ventilate tank with
eductor fan until shell, floor, roof, and all other interior surfaces are dry.
F. After field erection of tanks is complete, coat tanks in accordance with Section
09910 — Exterior Coating Systems.
3.03 SURVEYING
A. Contractor shall provide exterior ringwall foundation elevation surveys as
specified in Section 03410 — Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations, prior to
hydrostatic testing, and within two (2) days of completion of hydrostatic tests.
3.04 TANK SETTLEMENT COMPENSATION
A. Contractor shall adjust supports of piping connected to tanks during filling and
after filling to prevent tank damage due to tank settlement.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13200-7 Vertical Storage Tanks
SECTION 13201
HORIZONTAL STORAGE TANKS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This Specification identifies specific requirements to be incorporated into the new
shop built horizontal tanks required for this project. The capacities, quantities
and configurations of tanks shall be as indicated on the Construction Drawings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 09910 — Exterior Coating Systems.
C. Section 15052 — Welding Pressure Piping.
D. Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves and Fittings.
E. Section 15484 — Fuel System Equipment.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. UL Standard 142 — Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible
Liquids.
B. UL Standard 2085 — Standard for Protected Aboveground Tanks for Flammable
and Combustible Liquids.
C. NFPA No. 30 — Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings and material lists with catalog cuts for all piping materials,
equipment, and tank appurtenances. Any substitutions shall be submitted and
approved prior to the start of tank fabrication. All deviations from these
Specifications and attached Construction Drawings shall be clearly shown and
identified on the shop drawings.
B. The Contractor shall submit tank shop drawings for review at least one month
prior to fabrication. A UL certified tanks fabricator shall produce shop drawings.
Changes and clarifications requested by AUTHORITY and/or Engineer shall be
incorporated in revised shop drawings and be resubmitted for review at least one
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13201-1 Horizontal Storage Tanks
week prior to start of fabrication. Fabrication shall not start prior to shop drawing
approval by Engineer, except when authorized by Engineer.
C. The tank manufacturer shall submit the UL approved welding procedure
qualifications, welding procedure specifications, welder performance
qualifications, and nondestructive testing procedures one (1) month prior to the
start of tank assembly.
D. Provide operation and maintenance data for all equipment and appurtenances.
Submit operation and maintenance data in comprehensive bound manual.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Minimum five years experience in type of tank specified.
B. Weld Inspection: Provide independent testing firm or designated QC person who
works for tank manufacturer whose sole job is Quality Control to inspect tank
welds on a regular basis.
C. Tank Leak Test: Provide tank integrity testing in the form of an air pressure test
in accordance with UL 142 at the manufacturer's shop and in the field after tanks
are installed on foundation in their final positions in accordance with NFPA 30
and the 2003 International Fire Code.
1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. All tanks shall conform to this Specification and the Construction Drawings. The
tanks shall be furnished with all equipment and appurtenances specified as shown
on the Drawings.
B. The tanks shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of the most current edition
of Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Standard for Safety UL 142, "Steel
Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids". Tanks and
saddles must be listed and labeled by UL.
C. Protected tanks shall be in accordance with UL 2085 in addition to UL 142.
D. Ladders and catwalks shall comply with OSHA requirements.
E. All welding, Welding Procedure Qualification Records, Welding Procedure
Specifications, and Welder Performance Qualifications shall be performed in
accordance with tank fabricators requirements, UL 142, and ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications. All welds
shall be continuous seal welds. No "stitch" or "skip" welding is permitted.
F. All fuel system equipment shall be UL listed and labeled, where available, and
shall be rated for the specified service conditions.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13201-2 Horizontal Storage Tanks
1.07 TANK DESIGN
A. Design Responsibilities:
1. Tank Manufacturer shall design, as specified herein and shown on the
Construction Drawings, welded steel tanks and associated accessories.
2. Tank Manufacturer shall design and size tank emergency venting using
the specified emergency vents.
B. Design Requirements:
1. Tank Joints: The tanks shall incorporate joints in accordance with UL
142. Shell joints shall be double welded or full penetration butt welds
conforming to No. 1 or No. 2 of Figure 6.1 respectively. Primary tank
head joints shall be double welded full fillet lap joints conforming to No. 6
of Figure 6.2. Secondary tank head joints shall be single welded full fillet
lap joints conforming to No. 4 of Figure 6.2.
2. Tank Skids: Provide tank skids for each tank, which are suitable for
dragging the tank into position during installation, and lifting one end at a
time while empty without damage to the tank, saddles, or skids. Skids
shall be constructed of wide flange beams with a minimum size as shown
on the Drawings, or approved equal. Limit tank height to 10 inches from
bottom of tank to bottom of skid. Provide minimum 4-inch diameter
Schedule 80 pipe tow bar welded to each end of skids with welded plate
end caps.
3. Tank Saddles: Provide UL Listed horizontal tank saddles meeting the
requirements of UL 142. Saddles shall be constructed on top of the skids.
Any portion of the saddle or supporting beam that is recessed into the
skids shall not extend more than one-half the depth of the skid from the
top flange.
4. Tank Catwalks and Ladders: Provide Federal OSHA compliant tank
catwalks and ladders as indicated. Provide ladders complete with full
height side rails. Catwalks are intended for maintenance access to the
tank equipment and shall have handrails where indicated. Handrail shall
be 42 inches in height with top rail, intermediate rail and toe -board.
Catwalks, handrails and ladders shall have bolted connections to tanks so
they can be removed for shipping.
5. Lifting Eyes: Lifting connections (eyes) shall be provided for tank
handling during ocean transportation. Lifting eyes shall be designed to
carry the full weight of the tank with a factor of safety of five (5).
6. Manholes: Provide manhole lids, bolts and fuel resistant gaskets for each
tank.
7. Tank Penetrations:
a. Flanged nozzles shall be ANSI Class 150 raised face flanges,
Schedule 40, unless indicated otherwise.
b. Threaded nozzles shall be male pipe thread, Schedule 40, unless
indicated otherwise.
C. Double wall tank couplings shall be Phoenix Forge, heavy wall,
structural coupling Series A, Class 3000 couplings with female
pipe thread, or approved equal.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13201-3 Horizontal Storage Tanks
d. Install all penetrations and equipment plum, level and square to the
main axis of the tank.
e. Provide 1/4-inch thick round reinforcing (doubler) plates on all
tank couplings and nozzles 3-inches in diameter and larger.
Doubler plates shall be 3-inches larger in diameter than the
nominal pipe size outside diameter.
f. All flanges and nozzles shall extend a minimum of 6-inches from
the outer tank shell, unless otherwise indicated.
8. Appurtenances: All equipment and appurtenances shall be designed so
equipment can be easily removed for future maintenance. Flanged
connections or unions shall be provided as required for individual
component removal. Provide bushings as required for appurtenance
installation.
9. Signage: All tanks shall be labeled in accordance with the International
Fire Code. Provide standard manufactured adhesive labels. Tank labeling
shall include but is not limited to:
a. IFC Standard Chapter's 22 and 34.
b. NFPA 704 (Diesel 2-2-0 and Gasoline 2-3-0) for 100-foot
visibility.
C. Product Identification.
d. Compartment storage capacity.
e. Tank Numbers (2" high with 3/8" stroke).
f. "Danger -Flammable, No Smoking" sign with red letters on a white
background.
g. Signage which prohibits simultaneous tank filling and dispensing
on dispensing tank
h. Tank Penetration Labeling (1" minimum height)
i. Steel Tank Institute (STI)
j. Dispensing tanks labeling to comply with all UL and IFC
requirements.
k. Coordinate signage with additional requirements indicated on the
Drawings and Section 09910 — Exterior Coating Systems.
Provide plastic laminated tank depth -to -volume chart (strapping chart) for
each tank, or each compartment of multi -compartment tanks. Provide
laminated strapping charts loose for field installation by the Contractor.
10. Data Plate: Tanks shall have UL listing data recorded onto a brass tag
attached to tank. All data shall be engraved or stamped onto the data plate
so as not to be obliterated by future coating application. This data shall be
in addition to the UL Label which may be an adhesive label.
11. Operating Conditions: Provide fuel tank, fuel tank components, seals,
equipment and appurtenances suitable for continuous operation under the
following maximum operating conditions.
a. Temp. Range: -40°F to +100°F
b. Products:
• Unleaded Gasoline
• Jet A-50 (Fuel Oil and Arctic Grade Diesel same)
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13201-4 Horizontal Storage Tanks
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TANKS
A. UL 142 listed and labeled horizontal double wall, skid mounted, atmospheric,
horizontal tank storage tanks. Tanks shall be shop fabricated and coated by a UL
142 certified manufacturer, complete and ready for use.
2.02 COATINGS
A. External tank coating shall be in accordance with Section 09910 — Exterior
Coating Systems. Paint all pipe, valves, fittings, and tank appurtenances not
coated with the tank in accordance with Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves and
Fittings.
2.03 TANK MATERIALS
A. Tank materials shall be as follows unless otherwise indicated or specified:
1. Plate: ASTM A36
2. Structural Sections: ASTM A36
3. Pipe and Piping Materials: In accordance with Section 15190 — Pipe,
Valves and Fittings
4. Pipe and Conduit Supports: Solid backed Unistrut continuously seal
welded in place in accordance with Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves and
Fittings. For pipe supports elevated above the tank provide 1-1/2"
Schedule 80 pipe stanchions terminated 12" above the tank for field
trimming or extension to the proper elevation. Provide all stanchions with
continuous welded repads and end plates.
2.04 NORMAL VENTS
A. Threaded 2-inch pressure/vacuum vents with integral whistle overfill alarm. Set
vent to open at 8 oz/sq-in pressure and 1 oz/sq-in vacuum. Set whistle alarm to
activate at 90% of the tank capacity, unless indicated otherwise.
B. Morrison Bros., co. Model 922, or approved equal.
2.05 EMERGENCY VENT
A. Aluminum body, brass seats, flanged connections emergency vent set to open at
16 oz/sq-in pressure. Emergency vent shall be sized in accordance with UL 142.
B. Loose manholes not permitted.
C. Morrison Bros., Co. Model 244F for vents 8 inches and larger, or 244 with
companion flange for vents 6 inches and smaller, or approved equal.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13201-5 Horizontal Storage Tanks
2.06 LIQUID LEVEL CLOCK GAUGE
A. Stainless steel float operated clock gauge for tanks up to 12 feet in diameter,
readout in feet and inches with 1/8 inch increments. Mark 90% of tank capacity
on all gauges.
B. Morrison Bros., Co. Model 818, or approved equal.
2.07 LOW LEVEL SWITCH
A. Float activated magnetic low level switch with ASME Class 150 raised face
flanged tank connection. Actuation set point shall be as indicated. UL listed for
Class I, Division 1 hazardous environments. Custom Switches, Inc. Model LS-
1900 Type 2 or approved equal.
2.08 FILL LIMITING VALVE
A. 2-inch float actuated internal valve with drop tube capable of being installed
through 4-inch tank coupling. Valve activation level shall be as indicted.
B. Morrison Bros., Co. Model 9095 with Model No. 419 drop tube, or approved
equal.
2.09 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
A. 3/4 hp, 208-230 V single-phase explosion proof submersible turbine pump with
intake screen and integral leak detector. Install pump intake at level shown on the
Construction Drawings.
B. Red Jacket Model P75S1 with trapper intake screen, or approved equal.
2.10 ANTI -SIPHON VALVE
A. Ductile Iron body anti -siphon valve with bronze trim, designed for pressure
systems, set to open at 15 feet head pressure with special expansion relief set at
25 psi.
B. Morrison Bros., Co. Model 910ER-7215 AP with expansion relief, or approved
equal.
C. For suction system components, see Section 15484 — Fuel System Equipment.
2.11 SPILL CONTAINMENT MANHOLE
A. 7-gallon capacity, 12-gauge steel, spill containment manhole with heavy duty
hinged and locking cover and powder coated finish. 1/4-inch thick steel base
plate with 4-inch double -tapped female NPT connections and internal brass
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13201-6 Horizontal Storage Tanks
containment drain valve. Provide unit complete with 2-inch male hose coupling
with dust cap, and fill limiting valve with drop tube as specified above.
B. Pomeco 211-AST or equal.
2.12 SAMPLE HATCH
A. Lockable sample hatch, threaded, 2-inch diameter, brass hatch with cast iron
cover for tank gauging. Provide Morrison Bros. Co. Figure 178 BB -IC, or
approved equal.
2.13 FLEX FITTINGS
A. Stainless steel corrugated inner core with stainless steel outer braided cover,
ASME Class 150 fixed flange by floating flange ends with 18" live length, unless
otherwise indicated. 150 psi minimum working pressure, factory tested to 225 psi
minimum. Provide factory test certification for each flex. Metraflex Metra-Mini
or approved equal.
2.14 FOOT VALVE
A. Brass body, single poppet foot valve with 4 psi opening pressure.
B. For drop tubes smaller than 3/4-inch bush down a 3/4-inch foot valve.
C. Morrison Bros., Co. Model 158B, or approved equal.
2.15 SOIL ANCHORS
A. Provide duckbill Model No. 138-DB1 soil anchor or approved equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SHIPPING
A. Equipment, ladders, catwalks and piping shall be shipped separately from tanks.
All items shall be packaged to prevent damage during shipping. Care will be
taken to protect the connection points for ease of field installation.
B. All tank openings, with the exception of the tank emergency vent, shall be sealed
for shipping with provision made to relieve excess pressure/vacuum which may
damage the tank during transportation while preventing precipitation or salt water
spray from entering tank. Minimum vent opening shall be 1/2-inch diameter.
C. Tanks shall be shop fabricated and packaged for ocean transport. Lifting
connections (eyes) shall be provided for tank handling.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13201-7 Horizontal Storage Tanks
D. All appurtenances shall be fitted to the tank, then unmounted, packaged, and
shipped separately with the tank.
E. All tank appurtenances and equipment shall be packaged, palletized, or crated for
barge transport. Tank appurtenances and equipment shall be protected from
moisture and shall be packaged in weather tight enclosures.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13201-8 Horizontal Storage Tanks
SECTION 13202
VERTICAL STORAGE TANK WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. API 653 internal and external inspection of existing vertical bulk storage tanks
constructed in accordance with, or to the intent of, API 650.
B. Moving existing fuel storage tanks, relocate tanks to new concrete ring walls, and
attaching anchor chairs to tanks to secure them to new concrete ring walls.
C. Tank repairs and modifications as indicated on the Drawings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 01300 —
Submittals.
B.
Section 03410
— Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations.
C.
Section 09910
— Exterior Coating Systems.
D.
Section 13200
— Vertical Storage Tanks.
E. Section 13203 — Tank Cleaning.
F. Section 15052 — Welding Pressure Piping.
G. Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves and Fittings.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. API Standard 650 — Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage
B. API Standard 653 — Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction
C. API Standard 2000 — Venting Atmospheric and Low Pressure Storage Tanks
D. API Specification 12D — Field Welded Tanks for Production Liquids
E. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX — Welding and Brazing
Qualifications
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13202-1 Vertical Storage Tank Work
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. API 653 internal and external tank inspection reports for all existing vertical
storage tanks that will be relocated, repaired, modified, and reused for this project
as indicated. Reports shall be submitted after cleaning and before moving tanks,
and before making required repairs and modifications. Report shall be bound in a
three ring binder with table of contents and divider tabs which are properly
indexed for each section of the report.
B. A minimum of 30 days prior to tank relocation submit a Work Plan describing
this work. Include method of lifting and moving tanks as well as materials,
equipment and personnel to be on site during tank moving.
C. Shop Drawings for all required repairs and modifications. Shop Drawings must
be submitted and approved prior to beginning this work.
D. Submit the following 30 days prior to the start of tank work:
1. Welding Procedure Qualification Records
2. Welding Procedure Specifications
3. Welder Performance Qualifications
4. Nondestructive testing firm's qualification and personnel certification.
E. API tank shell settlement evaluation and hydrostatic test report within 7 days of
hydrostatic testing.
F. Contractor shall submit API 650/653 Suitable for Service Certification within 30
days of completion of tank work.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All work associated with vertical storage tanks shall in accordance with American
Petroleum Institute Standards 650 and 653.
B. Inspection reports and Suitable for Service certificates shall be signed by an API
650/653 certified inspector.
C. Qualifications: The Contractor who moves, repairs, and modifies tanks shall have
a minimum of 3 years experience in work associated with the relocation,
reconstruction and modifications to vertical fuel storage tanks constructed in
accordance with API 650.
D. A professional engineer registered in the State of Alaska with a minimum of 5
years experience in the design and modifications of API 650 welded oil storage
tanks shall seal tank shop drawings.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13202-2 Vertical Storage Tank Work
E. Testing: Provide independent testing firm to perform testing and inspection
including:
1. Vacuum box testing
2. Welding inspection
1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing storage tanks will be moved from their current locations, modified, and
placed on new concrete ring walls provided by this project.
B. Tanks shall be cleaned safe for entry prior to moving and internally inspecting.
C. Tank dimensions and configuration are as indicated on the Drawings.
D. Tank internal and external inspections shall be in accordance with API 653. Tank
inspections shall determine if tanks are constructed in accordance with API 650,
or API 6D. Tank inspections shall verify tanks are suitable for continued service
for the product stored. Submit inspection report complete with calculations to
Engineer for approval.
E. Tank relocation and testing shall be in accordance with API 653. As a minimum
vacuum box testing of all floor plate welds and floor to shell welds shall be
performed, as well as a full hydrostatic test.
F. Installation of new tank bottoms, nozzles, anchor chairs, welding and inspection
shall be in accordance with API 650. Tank bottom metal thickness shall be
calculated by the Contractor's Engineer. Design metal thickness shall include a
1/16-inch corrosion allowance. The minimum tank bottom thickness shall be 1/4-
inch. All calculations shall be in accordance with API 650. Submit calculations
with shop drawings to the Engineer for approval. Shop drawings shall show floor
plate layout, design floor plate metal thickness, as well as all other tank repairs
and modifications.
G. All welding, Welding Procedure Qualification Records, Welding Procedure
Specifications, and Welder Performance Qualifications shall be performed in
accordance with API 650 and ASME BPVC Section IX.
H. Welding procedures shall include impact tests in the heat affected zones, and weld
metal requirements shall be the same as for the plate material.
I. After relocation, repairs and modifications are complete recoat existing tanks in
accordance with Section 09910, Exterior Coating Systems. Tank signage shall be
provided in accordance with Section 09910 and Section 13200, Vertical Storage
Tanks.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13202-3 Vertical Storage Tank Work
1.07 HYDROSTATIC TEST WATER
A. Hydrostatic test water will be provided to the Contractor free of charge. The
source of water is the Water Plant upstream of filtration and treatment. The
Contractor must provide means to transport test water from the Water Plant to the
tanks.
B. The Contractor shall filter hydrostatic test water before it enters the first tank.
C. Test water from the first tank must be used to test the remainder of the tanks at the
same site to conserve water.
D. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits required to discharge
hydrostatic test water, including but not limited to Alaska Department of
Environmental Conservation permit.
E. The discharge of test water shall be accomplished in such a fashion as to
minimize erosion of tundra, dikes, and gravel pad.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TANK APPURTENANCES
A. Tank appurtenances shall be in accordance with Section 13200, Vertical Storage
Tank appurtenances include but are not limited to the followings:
1. High/Critical High Level Switch
2. Liquid Level Gauges
2.02 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Pipe and Piping Materials: In accordance with Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves and
Fittings.
B. Pipe and Conduit Supports: As detailed. If not specifically detailed provide solid
backed Unistrut continuously seal welded in place in accordance with Section
15190 — Pipe, Valves and Fittings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURVEYING
A. Contractor shall provide interior tank bottom surveys prior to first filling of each
tank. Survey shall include elevations near interior shell at 30 degree increments
(starting at North), floor elevations on 30 degree radials at 10 foot spacing and
floor center and sump bottom elevations.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13202-4 Vertical Storage Tank Work
B. Contractor shall provide exterior ringwall foundation level survey prior to first
tank filling and within 2 days of completion of tank hydrostatic testing.
3.02 HYDROSTATIC TESTING AND TANK FOUNDATIONS MEASUREMENTS
A. The Contractor must complete and submit tank foundation survey results required
by Section 03410, Pre -Cast Concrete Tank Foundations at least 7 days prior
hydrostatic testing. Tank foundations levelness shall be within limits established
by API.
B. Tank foundation elevation measurements with an accuracy of plus or minus 0.01
inches or better shall be taken before, during, and after hydrostatic testing.
Elevation measurements shall be made in eight locations equally spaced around
the perimeter of each tank, on the same datum, and in the same orientation each
time. These elevation measurements shall be submitted with the API tank shell
settlement evaluation for each tank.
C. Hydrostatic testing for each tank shall have duration of no less than twenty four
hours.
D. After tank hydrostatic testing, remove all water from tank, squeegee residual
water from floor, remove shell and roof manholes, and force ventilate tank with
eductor fan until shell, floor, roof, and all other interior surfaces are dry.
3.03 TANK SETTLEMENT COMPENSATION
A. Contractor shall adjust piping and pipe supports at connections to tanks during
and after filling of tanks for hydrostatic test water to prevent tank damage due to
tank settlement.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13202-5 Vertical Storage Tank Work
SECTION 13203
TANK CLEANING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Specification applies to cleaning, gas freeing, and entry into exiting fuel
storage tanks for purposes of required vertical storage tank work.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 13202 — Vertical Storage Tank Work.
1.03 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. American Petroleum Institute Publications:
650 Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage
653 Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction
2009 Safe Welding, Cutting and Hot Work Practices in the Petroleum and
Petrochemical Industries
2015 Requirements for Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage
Tanks, 6th Edition
2016 Guidelines and Procedures for Entering and Cleaning Petroleum
Storage Tanks
2201 Procedures for Welding or Hot Tapping on Equipment In Service
2217A Guidelines for Work in Inert Confined Spaces in the Petroleum
Industry
B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
Z117.1 Safety Requirements for Confined Spaces
C. United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA):
29 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13203-1 Tank Cleaning
1.04 GENERAL
A. Contractor shall perform gas freeing, entry and cleaning of exiting API 650 bulk
fuel tanks in accordance with API 2015.
1.05 SAFETY
A. Tank cleaning procedures will comply with all API, ANSI, and State and
Federal OSHA safety requirements, and shall be performed in a safe manner.
B. All personnel employed to clean tanks shall be adequately trained and thoroughly
familiar with the safety precautions for controlling all hazards associated with
tank cleaning.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 LEVEL OF CLEANING
A. Contractor shall clean and inert tanks as required to perform safe hot work
required for tank repairs and modifications. Tank bottom shall be swept clean and
tank force ventilated with an eductor-fan until shell, bottom, roof, and all other
surfaces on the tank interior are dry.
3.02 RESIDUAL SLUDGE
A. The Contractor shall remove residual fuel and sludge from tanks prior to tank
cleaning. Assume quantities indicated on the drawings for bidding purposes.
B. Residual sludge shall be placed in new approved 55 gallon steel drums and
placed in over pack drums in accordance with Alaska Department of
Environmental Conservation (ADEC), United States Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA), and United States Department of Transportation (USDOT)
requirements for shipment of hazardous materials or hazardous wastes.
C. The Contractor shall obtain Hazardous Waste Generator Identification Numbers
from the EPA for hazardous materials or hazardous wastes.
D. Contractor shall remove sludge -filled drums from the site and dispose of sludge
at an approved disposal facility or in an approved manner.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13203-2 Tank Cleaning
E. During the course of the project, Contractor shall respond to all EPA
questionnaires and requirements, and otherwise maintain Hazardous Waste
Generator Identification Numbers paperwork for each site until hazardous
materials or hazardous wastes are completely and properly disposed of.
F. Contractor shall have all EPA Hazardous Waste Generator Identification
Numbers placed on the inactive list within 4 months of project completion.
G. Submit written documentation from the EPA that all Hazardous Waste Generator
Identification Numbers have been placed on the inactive list.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 13203-3 Tank Cleaning
(NOT USED)
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
SECTION 15052
WELDING PRESSURE PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section includes the welding requirements for all welded steel pipe and
fittings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 01300
— Submittals.
B.
Section 09910
— Exterior Coating Systems.
C.
Section 13200
— Vertical Storage Tanks.
D.
Section 13201
— Horizontal Storage Tanks.
E.
Section 15190
— Pipe, Valves and Fittings.
F.
Section 15484
— Fuel System Equipment.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ANSI/ASME):
B31.4 Liquid Transportation Systems for Hydrocarbons and other
Liquids
B. American Petroleum Institute (API):
API 1104 Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities
C. American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT):
No. SNT-TC-IA Recommended Practice for Personnel Qualification and
Certification in Nondestructive Testing
Supplement A - Radiographic Testing Method
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15052-1 Welding Pressure Piping
D. American Welding Society (AWS):
A2.4
A3.0-B5
QC1-96
Z49.1-1999
1.04 SUBMITTALS
Standard Symbols for
Nondestructive Examination
Welding Terms and Definitions
Welding, Brazing and
Specifications for Qualifications and Certification of
Welding Inspector
Safety in Welding and Cutting
A. The Contractor shall submit each of the following items for approval one (1)
month prior to the start of fabrication:
1. Welding Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs)
2. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs)
3. Welder Performance Qualifications (WPQ)
4. Nondestructive Testing (NDT) Procedures
5. NDT Personnel Certification Procedures
6. NDT Personnel Certification
7. Welding Inspector Certification
8. Shop Drawings: Show location, length, and type of welds, and indicate
post -weld heat treatment and NDT as required.
9. Quality Control Procedures
10. Testing Procedures
11. Test Reports
1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Threaded fittings outside of structures are prohibited, except where specifically
shown on the Drawings.
B. All piping and fittings outside of structures will be full penetration butt welded
for piping larger than 1-1/2-inch nominal diameter.
C. All piping and fittings outside of structures will be socket welded for piping 1-1/2
inch nominal diameter or smaller.
D. The pipeline system will operate at 20% or less of specified minimum yield
strength as established by API 1104. All qualification of procedures, procedure
specifications and welder qualifications, testing and inspections, shall comply
with ANSI/ASME B31.4 and the "20% or less" criteria, unless otherwise
specified.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15052-2 Welding Pressure Piping
E. Deviations from applicable codes, approved procedures, and approved shop
drawings will not be permitted without prior written approval.
F. Materials or components with welds made off the site will not be accepted if the
welding does not conform to the requirements of this Specification, unless
otherwise approved by the client representative.
G. Welding shall not be started until welding procedures, welders, and welding
operators have been approved by the Engineer.
H. Welds made prior to approval of welding procedures, welders, and welding
operators shall be re -welded at the Contractor's expense.
I. Weld Procedure Qualification and Welder/Welding Operator Qualification shall
be witnessed by an approved third party testing laboratory and/or agent. Costs of
such testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
J. The Engineer shall be notified at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the
time and place of the tests.
K. The Contractor shall maintain a current file of all PQR's, WPS's, WPQ's and
Non -Destructive Examinations (NDE) procedures and test personnel
qualifications used on this project.
L. The procedures for making transition welds between different materials or
between plates or pipes of different wall thicknesses shall be qualified per API
1104 Section II.
M. Previous Welder Qualifications will not be allowed on this project.
N. Performance: The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of all joint
preparation, welding, and examination. All materials used in the welding
operations shall be clearly identified and recorded. The inspection and testing
defined in this Specification are minimum requirements. Additional inspection
and testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor when he deems it
necessary to achieve the quality required. The Contractor's Quality Assurance
Personnel shall keep accurate quality control records of all tests and inspections
required during all fabrication, both at the shop and in the field.
O. Definitions: Definitions shall be in accordance with AWS A3.0.
P. Symbols: Symbols shall be in accordance with AWS A2.4.
Q. Safety: Safety precautions shall conform to ANSI Z49.1.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15052-3 Welding Pressure Piping
R. Delivery and Storage: All filler metals, electrodes, fluxes, and other welding
materials shall be delivered to the site in manufacturer's original packages and
stored in a dry space until used. Packages shall be properly labeled and designed
to give maximum protection from moisture and to assure safe handling.
1.06 QUALIFICATION OF PROCEDURES AND WELDERS
A. Weld Procedure Qualification shall be in compliance with the latest edition of the
API Standard 1104 Section II and, in addition, shall include the following:
1. One (1) Charpy Impact Test (a set of 3 specimens). The specimens shall
be taken transverse to the weld with:
- one notch located in the left Heat Affected Zone (HAZ) area,
- one notch located in the right HAZ area,
- and one notch located in the center of the weld.
The Charpy Impact Test results shall not be less than 15 ft-lbs. average, at -40' F
with no single specimen having less than 12 ft-lbs when tested.
B. All Weld Procedure Specifications written for this project shall be per the API
Standard 1104, Section II, and each shall be fully supported by a PQR.
C. Welder Performance Qualifications shall be per the latest addition of API 1104,
Section III. Welders shall qualify using one or more of the WPS approved for
this project. WPQ papers from previous jobs will not be accepted. Welders or
welding operators who make acceptable procedure qualification test welds will be
performance -qualified for the welding procedure used.
1.07 QUALIFICATION OF INSPECTION AND NDT PERSONNEL
A. All inspection and NDT personnel shall be qualified in accordance with the
following requirements:
1. Welding Inspector Certification: Welding inspectors shall be certified in
accordance with AWS QC1 Standard. Welding inspector shall be
independent and not employed by the Contractor who performs the
welding.
2. NDT Personnel Qualification: NDT personnel shall be certified, and a
written procedure for the control and administration of NDT personnel
training, examination, and certification shall be established. The
procedures shall be based on appropriate specific and general guidelines
of training and experience recommended by SNT-TC-IA, Supplement A —
Radiographic.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15052-4 Welding Pressure Piping
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FILLER METAL
A. Weld filler metal shall comply with API 1104 paragraph 1.5.2. and AWS
specifications as cited therein.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 JOINTS AND BEVELS
A. All pipe joints (including line pipe, bends, elbows, tees, flanges, and branch
connections) shall be full penetration butt -welded. Comply with ANSI/ASME
31.4, and API 1104 as cited therein.
B. End bevels: Bevel or re -bevel ends by machine tool or machine oxygen cutting as
required to make a satisfactory weld. Manual beveling is not approved. Comply
with API 1104.
3.02 WELDING OPERATIONS
A. Welding shall be performed in accordance with qualified procedures using
qualified welders and welding operators. Welding shall not be done when the
quality of the completed weld could be impaired by the prevailing working or
weather conditions. At his discretion, the Project Field Engineer may determine
when weather or working conditions are unsuitable for welding.
3.03 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING OF PRODUCTION WELDS
A. Visual Inspection: Weld joints shall be visually inspected in accordance with API
1104 and as follows:
1. Before welding, verify compliance with requirements for joint
preparation, placement of alignment clamps, fit -up, and cleanliness.
2. During welding, verify conformance to the qualified welding procedure.
3. After welding, inspect for cracks, contour and finish, bead reinforcement,
undercutting, overlap, and size of fillet welds. Provide 100% visual
inspection in accordance with API 1104 and the requirements above.
B. Air Pressure Testing: Pressure testing of piping systems shall be in accordance
with this Section and additional requirements in Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves and
Fittings.
1. Isolate and pressure test each run of piping at 150 psi for minimum of one
hour. Test 100% of welds visually for leaks with a leak detection
solution. Do not conceal pipe joints before pressure testing is complete.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15052-5 Welding Pressure Piping
Isolate equipment and components rated for lesser pressures so as not to
damage these items.
2. Pressure test piping system again after all equipment is installed at 75 psi
for a minimum of one (1) hour, or the maximum rated pressure of the
weakest component, whichever is less. Test 100% of welds and pipe
joints visually for leaks with a leak detection solution. Piping system shall
maintain pressure for one hour minimum.
3. Notify Engineer seven (7) days in advance of pressure tests. Engineer
shall be present at all testing.
4. All flange gaskets shall be greased with a suitable compatible grease in
order to achieve the test specified above.
5. Pressure shall be maintained for sufficient time to complete the visual
inspection of all joints.
6. Care shall be taken to ensure that these pressures are not applied to vented
tanks. Such tanks shall be tested separately, as specified elsewhere.
7. Submit written procedures for testing, including test pressures, equipment
to be used and items to be tested.
8. Re -testing after the repair of defects shall be performed at no cost to the
AUTHORITY.
9. Certified test results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
a. Test certification shall include gauge pressure, air temperature,
time, date, witness, and pipeline identification number.
C. Radiographic Testing: NOT REQUIRED
D. Weld Defects: If the inspection reveals that any welds fail to meet minimum
quality requirements, those welds shall be removed, rewelded and retested.
E. Inspection and Tests by the AUTHORITY: The AUTHORITY will perform
inspection and supplemental nondestructive or destructive tests as deemed
necessary. The cost of supplemental NDT will be borne by the AUTHORITY.
The correction and repair of defects and the reexamination of weld repairs shall
be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the AUTHORITY.
Inspection and tests will be performed as required for visual inspection and NDT,
except that destructive tests may be required also. When destructive tests are
ordered by the Engineer and performed by the Contractor, and the specimens or
other supplemental examinations indicate that the materials and workmanship do
not conform to the Contract requirements, the cost of the tests, corrections, and
repairs shall be borne by the Contractor. When the specimens or other
supplemental examinations of destructive tests indicate that materials or
workmanship do conform to the Specification requirements, the cost of the tests
and repairs will be borne by the AUTHORITY. When destructive tests are made,
repairs shall be per API 1104.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15052-6 Welding Pressure Piping
3.04 ACCEPTANCE STANDARDS
A. Pressure test: No leaks.
B. Visual: Comply with API 1104, Section VI.
C. Radiography: NOT USED
3.05 CORRECTIONS AND REPAIRS
A. Defects shall be removed and repaired as per API 1104, unless otherwise
specified at no additional cost to the AUTHORITY.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15052-7 Welding Pressure Piping
SECTION 15190
PIPE, VALVES AND FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Furnishing pipe, elbows, tees, reducers, valves, weld-o-lets, etc., as required to
complete the work shown on the Drawings.
B. Arctic Pipe.
C.
Pipe pressure testing requirements.
1.02 RELATED
SECTIONS
A.
Section 01300 —
Submittals.
B.
Section 13200 —
Vertical Storage Tanks.
C.
Section 13201 —
Horizontal Storage Tanks.
D.
Section 15052 —
Welding Pressure Piping.
E.
Section 15484 —
Fuel System Equipment.
1.03 REFERENCES
Contractor shall use the most current edition of the referenced standards.
A. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ANSI/ASME):
B 16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
B 16.9 Factory Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings.
B31.4 Liquid Transportation Systems for Hydrocarbons and other
Liquids.
B. American Petroleum Institute (API):
API 1104 Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities
API 5L Line Pipe
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15190-1 Pipe, Valves and Fittings
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
A 105 Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications
A 106 Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High -Temperature Service
A 216 Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for
High -Temperature Service
A 234 Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel
for Moderate and High Temperature Service
A 333 Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low -Temperature
Service.
A 350 Forgings, Carbon and Low -Alloy Steel, requiring Notch
Toughness Testing for Piping Components.
A 352 Cast Carbon Steel for Low Temperature Service
A 420 Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel
for Low -Temperature Service.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog cuts, Material Test Reports (MTRs) and shipping invoices for all
pipe and fittings to be used.
B. Submit catalog cuts of all valves and other manufacturers' items to be used.
C. Submit manufacturers' data for Arctic Pipe.
D. Pressure testing procedures.
E. Pressure test reports.
F. Provide operation and maintenance data for all valves, pipe coatings and arctic
pipe. Submit operation and maintenance data in comprehensive bound manual.
1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Bends and mitered fittings are not permitted unless specifically shown on the
Construction Drawings.
B. Threaded fittings are not permitted, except where indicated on the Drawings and
required for connection to equipment.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15190-2 Pipe, Valves and Fittings
C. All construction, welding, assembly and testing shall comply with the
requirements of ANSI B31.4 Liquid Transportation Systems for Hydrocarbons
and other Liquids.
1.06 OPERATING CONDITIONS
A. Provide pipe, valves, fittings, equipment and associated components suitable for
continuous operation under the following maximum operating conditions.
1. Temp. Range: -40' F to +100' F
2. Pressure: 100 psi
3. Product: Unleaded Gasoline
No. 2 Diesel
Aviation Gasoline (100LL)
Jet A-50 (Fuel Oil & Arctic Grade Diesel same)
1.07 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING CONDITIONS
A. Pipe, valves and fittings materials shall be suitable for the following maximum
allowable operating conditions.
1. Temp. Range: -20' F to +100' F
2. Pressure: 285 psi
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE
A. Provide ASTM A106, Grade B, seamless, carbon steel pipe.
B. Pipe schedule shall be as follows, unless otherwise indicated on the Construction
Drawings:
1. 3 inch and larger within dikes and protected areas shall be Schedule 40.
2. 3 inch and larger below grade or exposed to traffic in cross-country runs
shall be Schedule 80.
3. 2 inch and smaller shall be Schedule 80, except for piping 1 inch and
smaller outside of buildings shall be Schedule 160.
C. Pipe shall have end caps and bevel protectors installed at the Mill prior to
shipping or handling.
2.02 ELBOWS, TEES, AND REDUCERS
A. Provide ASTM A234, Grade WPB seamless, carbon steel butt weld fittings.
Provide all fittings with plain beveled ends. Dimensions in accordance with
ANSI B16.9.
B. Fitting Schedule shall match the pipe in which the fitting is installed.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15190-3 Pipe, Valves and Fittings
C. Elbows and bends shall be long radius, unless otherwise indicated on the
Construction Drawings.
D. Fittings smaller than 2 inch may be ASTM A105 forged steel socket welded, or
threaded where indicated, 3,000 pound minimum.
2.03 FLANGES, HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES
A. Provide ASTM A105, ANSI Class 150 forged steel raised face flanges, weld neck
type unless otherwise indicated, complete with bolts, nuts, and fuel resistant spiral
wound gaskets. Dimensions in accordance with ANSI B 16.5.
B. Flange bore shall match the pipe Schedule in which the flange is installed.
C. Flange nuts and studs shall be ASTM A320 Grade L7, plated, case hardened, high
strength, corrosion resistant.
D. Gaskets shall be 1/8" thick spiral wound stainless steel, filled, fuel resistant
gaskets rated for -50' F service with a carbon steel centering ring. Provide 1/8"
thick full faced non -asbestos fiber composite gaskets and flat faced flanges where
required for connection to equipment.
E. Isolation Flange Gaskets: Provide non-conductive fuel rated full face dielectric
gaskets with nylon bushings and washers between above and below grade
sections of pipe, Calpico EQDW or equal. All above grade pipe sections shall be
ground and bonded as indicated. Submit proposed locations for dielectric fitting
for approval.
2.04 BRANCH CONNECTIONS 2-INCH AND SMALLER
A. Branch connections 2 inch and smaller may be ASTM A105 forged carbon steel
"saddle type" weld-o-let couplings, or threaded-o-let couplings where indicated,
3000 pound minimum, provided the nominal pipe size of the branch connection is
less than 50 percent of the nominal pipe size of the header or main pipe run.
2.05 PIPE SUPPORTS, UNISTRUT AND HARDWARE
A. Unistrut channel shall be 12 Ga. Steel, hot -dipped galvanized with the slotted hole
pattern. Provide P 1000 and P5000 Unistrut, or approved equal.
B. Unistrut channel that is welded in place shall be solid backed and continuously
seal welded in place. Unistrut channel that is welded in place shall be coated the
same as substrate it is welded to, and does not require galvanized coating.
C. Pipe clamps for use on Unistrut shall be hot -dipped galvanized pipe clamps with
hex head screw and nut. Provide Unistrut P1 lxx pipe clamps or approved equal.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15190-4 Pipe, Valves and Fittings
D. Unistrut brackets shall be hot -dipped galvanized Unistrut P2231, or approved
equal.
E. Pipe straps shall be hot -dipped galvanized. Provide B-Line Figure B2100,
Grinnell Figure 262 pipe straps, or approved equal.
2.06 PIPE COATINGS AND CORROSION PROTECTION
A. Buried piping shall be factory coated with thermoplastic resin extruded over an
adhesive undercoat with a minimum coating thickness of 32 mils. Buried pipe
coating shall be in accordance NACE standard RP0185 for polyethylene coating
systems.
1. Provide mastic lined heat shrink sleeve for all pipe joints, and mastic lined
tape for all fittings of the same thickness as the pipe coating, as a
minimum.
2. Provide Raychem WPC-100-M sleeves for pipe joints and Raychem
Flexclad tape for pipe fittings, or approved equal.
3. Extend sleeves and wrap a minimum of 2-inches over pipe coatings.
4. Prior to backfilling test coating with an electronic holiday detector, repair
all defects and retest.
B. Buried piping shall be cathodically protected with sacrificial anodes as indicated.
Anodes shall be 17-pound mag-bag anodes with two 12-gauge wire leads.
C. Prior to shipping piping that will be installed above grade, sandblast per SSPC
SP-10 "Near White Blast Cleaning" and prime with Devoe Catha-Coat 302H
inorganic zinc primer, 3-4 mils minimum DFT. After fabrication sandblast or
wire brush all fittings and joints to clean bare metal and prime equal to pipe.
2.07 BALL VALVES
A. Regular Port Flanged Ball Valves: Carbon steel Uni-Body, standard reduced
port, stainless steel ball and trim, glass filled Teflon seats, graphite stem seals,
ANSI Class 150 raised face flanged ends with lockable handle. NACE MR0175
conformance and fire safe per API 607. PBV C-5410-31-2236-GLNL, or
approved equal.
B. Full Port Flanged Ball Valves: Carbon steel split body, full bore, stainless steel
ball and trim, glass filled Teflon seats, graphite stem seals, ANSI Class 150 raised
face flanged ends with lockable handle. NACE MR0175 conformance and fire
safe per API 607. PBV C-6410-31-2236-GLNL, or approved equal.
C. Threaded Ball Valves: Threaded carbon steel body, stainless steel ball and trim,
PTFE seats, graphite seals, with lockable handle. PBV C-5312-38-2236-TL-NC,
or approved equal.
D. The trim for all valves shall be rated for use with Unleaded Gasoline, No. 2
Diesel, Aviation Gasoline and Jet A-50.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15190-5 Pipe, Valves and Fittings
E. Provide padlocks for all valves where indicated "Locked Closed" as specified or
indicated on the drawings. Padlocks to be in accordance with Section 02820 —
Chain Link Fence.
F. Provide handle extensions as required when indicated.
2.08 CHECK VALVE
A. Flanged Check Valves: Swing type check valve with carbon steel body, stainless
steel trim and ANSI Class 150 raised face flanged ends. Check Valves 2" and
larger, Crane No. 147 or equal. Check valves smaller than 2", Bonney Forge 11-
61 or equal.
B. Threaded Check Valves: Swing type check valve with forged steel body and 13%
CR trim. Vogt 5-74 series or equal.
C. The trim for all valves shall be rated for use with Unleaded Gasoline, No. 2
Diesel, Aviation Gasoline and Jet A-50.
2.09 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
A. Angle pattern pressure relief valve with raised face flanged ends, carbon steel
body, and stainless steel trim. Set relief valves at 75 psi unless otherwise
indicated. Hydro Seal Model 30FLBV-00 for 2-inch relief valves and 1FLAXV-
00 for 1-inch relief valves, or approved equal.
B. Seals and trim for all valves shall be rated for use with Unleaded Gasoline, No. 2
Diesel, Aviation Gasoline and Jet A-50.
2.10 ARCTIC PIPE
A. Pre -insulated and heat traced Arctic Pipe shall consist of a 3-inch ASTM A106
Schedule 80 carrier pipe inside a 10-1/4 inch outer jacket. Outer jacket may be
made of either spiral -lock Type 5052 aluminum, or corrugated metal pipe
(galvanized steel or aluminum).
B. Arctic Pipe shall be injected with urethane foam insulation at the factory without
voids. Insulation shall have a minimum R-value of 7 per inch.
C. Install two channels 180 degrees apart for inserting 1" Wirsbo HEPEX tubing
against the carrier pipe for hot water heat tracing. Required heat trace tube and
fittings shall be provided by the Arctic Pipe manufacturer. Fittings shall include
special transition fittings at each end of the Arctic Pipe for connection to piping
systems provided by the Contractor.
D. Provide "clamshell" foam inserts, and "clamshell" or band -clamp covers for field
assembly of all fittings and joints.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15190-6 Pipe, Valves and Fittings
E. The Arctic Pipe system shall be supplied as a complete system including all
accessories, sealant, and other items required to complete the installation.
F. Manufacturer: Arctic Insulation, Big Lake Alaska, or equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PIPE
A. Pipe shall be handled and stored as specified by coating manufacturer to prevent
coating and pipe damage.
B. Pipe shall be bundled, shipped and stored with one end flush, with end caps and
bevel protectors installed and secured in each end.
C. The interior and ends of pipe shall be kept clean of foreign matter and water
before, during and after installation. Replace end cap as work progresses to keep
pipe interiors clean.
D. Provide piping supports as shown on the Drawings and as required to adequately
support piping and associated loads.
E. Above grade piping shall have a 3-4 mils minimum DFT factory applied external
coating of Devoe Catha-Coat 302H inorganic zinc primer as specified. After
fabrication and assembly of pipe, sandblast or wire brush all fittings, joints,
flanges, valves or damages areas to clean bare metal and prime equal to the
factory applied pipe coating. Factory applied coatings that are tightly adhered
may be left intact with minimal surface preparation. Clean entire lengths of
above grade piping and apply a second coat of the specified primer in the field.
F. Label all above grade piping as to contents and mark direction of flow in
accordance with ASME A13.1 and Section 09910 — Exterior Coating Systems.
Periodically label each pipe run, 50-feet minimum, 150-feet maximum.
G. Buried piping shall be externally coated at the factory with extruded polyethylene
coating systems as specific. Apply protective coatings to pipe fittings, joints and
damaged areas in the factory applied coating system, and cathodically protect
below grade piping as follows:
1. Install heat shrink sleeves over pipe joints and apply heat shrink tape wrap
to pipe fittings. Extend sleeves and wrap a minimum of 2" over factory
applied pipe coatings.
2. Prior to backfilling test coating with an electronic holiday detector.
Repair all defects with heat shrink tape and retest section.
3. Cathodically protected below grade piping with a pairs of sacrificial
magnesium anodes installed at a maximum spacing of 700-feet per pair of
anodes.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15190-7 Pipe, Valves and Fittings
3.02 FITTINGS AND END CONNECTIONS
A. All pipe and fittings shall be welded. Threaded fittings are not allowed except
where shown on the Drawings, or where required for connection to equipment.
B. Provide flanged connections or unions to allow removal of individual components
and equipment.
C. Fittings shall be welded in place, inspected, and tested in accordance with Section
15052 — Welding Pressure Piping, ANSI/ASME B31.4 and API 1104.
3.03 VALVES
A. Install all valves within 12 inches of a support at the locations shown on the
Drawings.
B. Provide hand wheel or stem straight up, unless noted otherwise.
3.04 BRANCH CONNECTIONS
A. Install in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.4.
B. Forged steel welded type branch connections are allowed for branch connections
2-inch and smaller with a nominal pipe size less than 50 percent of the nominal
pipe size on header or main pipe run.
C. Provide butt welded reducing tees, or a combination of tees and reducers for
branch connections large then 2-inch, or greater that 50 percent of the main run.
D. Socket welded tees may be provided for branch connections on headers or main
runs smaller than 2-inch.
E. Provide tees with pig bars where indicated on the Construction Drawings to
prevent pigs from entering the branch connection.
3.05 TESTING
A. Pressure testing of piping systems shall be in accordance with Section 15052 —
Welding Pressure Piping and this Section. Submit written procedures for testing,
including test pressures, equipment to be used, and pipe segment identification
numbers.
B. Prior to painting, concealing or installation of heat shrink sleeves Contractor shall
perform a one -hour pneumatic or hydrostatic piping pressure test at a minimum of
150 psi. All pipe joints and connections shall be tested. Retest segments as
necessary to test connections to previously tested piping systems.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15190-8 Pipe, Valves and Fittings
C. If below ground pipe segments are concealed before testing, the total duration of
the test shall be extended to four (4) hours. When testing below grade piping take
extra caution to shield exposed pipe segments from sunlight to minimize thermal
influences. No drop in pressure will be allowed, just pressure rise with
temperature.
D. Air testing is hazardous in nature as air is compressible and may be releases
explosively should the piping system rupture. Contractor shall be responsible for
protecting life and property during testing.
E. Should water be used for testing, all hydrostatic test water must be removed after
the test. Hydrostatic testing shall be reserved for piping systems with no valves
or piping specialties installed which can be pigged to completely remove all
water, or for prefabricated shop testing pipe spools which can be completely
drained and air dried. Water from piping systems shall not be pushed into tanks
after final draining and drying of tanks has been completed. Any pigs pushed into
the tanks must be removed.
F. Protect and isolate items that may be damaged by the test pressure. Provide blind
flanges, threaded caps or plugs at each end of the test section. Soak each joint
with a leak detection solution and visually inspect for leaks. Repair any defect
and retest. All welds that fail inspection shall be cut out, rewelded and retested.
G. Following successful pressure test, reassemble the system, remake all pipe joints,
and install new gaskets on any flanged joints that are taken apart before
reassembling. After final system assembly perform an operational leak test at 75
psi for a minimum of one (1) hour. Repair all defects.
H. Pressure test all pipe segments and fill out the Alaska Energy Authority (AEA)
pipe pressure test report for each pipe segment. Devise a labeling and numbering
system for each pipe segment making reference to drawings or sketches if
necessary to clearly identify the piping segment. Deliver original pressure test
reports to the AEA Project Manager and copy the Engineer.
I. After assembly cross county pipelines and prior to introducing fuel, clean the
interior of each pipeline by pigging. Propel pigs with compressed air. Pass a
minimum of two foam pigs with imbedded wire brushes through each pipeline.
Pass additional foam pigs through each pipeline until pigs are received at the
opposite end essentially free of debris and water. Open valves at low point drains
with the pipelines under pressure to blow out any residual water or debris lodged
in piping low points.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15190-9 Pipe, Valves and Fittings
SECTION 15484
FUEL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fuel system equipment.
B. Fuel systems components and piping specialties.
C. Commissioning and system start-up.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Section 13200 — Vertical Storage Tanks.
C. Section 13201 — Horizontal Storage Tanks.
D. Section 15052 — Welding Pressure Piping.
E. Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves and Fittings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Ensure products and installation of specified products are in conformance with
recommendations and requirements of the following organizations:
1. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA).
2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
B. Ensure pumps operated at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor
binding.
C. Provide data plates for all equipment with manufacturer's name, model number,
serial number, motor horsepower, power requirements, rotational speed, design
flow and design pressure or head as applicable.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data under Section 01300 — Submittals.
B. Include manufacturer's standard catalog data and technical literature for all
pumps, filters, meters, and other equipment and specialty items.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15484-1 Fuel System Equipment
C. Provide manufacturer's installation, operation and maintenance requirements.
D. Include dimension drawings of pumps, filters and meters indicating all inter-
related components, and connections to other equipment and piping.
E. Submit copy of Manufacturer's Certification of Proper Installation for equipment.
F. Commissioning and Start-up Plan, submit a minimum of 21 days prior to
commissioning the system with fuel.
G. Substantial Completion system demonstation and instruction procedures.
H. Provide operation and maintenance data for all items. Submit operation and
maintenance data in comprehensive bound manual.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store items subject to damage by the elements, vandalism, or theft in secure
buildings. Protect items from weather and water damage.
B. Provide environmentally controlled storage facilities for items requiring
environmental control for protection.
C. Store products to provide access for inspection and inventory control. Contractor
shall document products in storage to facilitate inspection and to estimate
progress payments for products delivered but not installed in the Work.
D. Provide temporary caps on all inlets and outlets. Maintain caps in place until
connection to piping system.
1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Include operation, maintenance and inspection data, replacement part numbers,
recommended spare parts, and available service depot location with telephone
number.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturer's warranty for each item. If item fails during the first year
of operation, warranty repair work, or replace the item. Once the repair or
replacement is complete, the manufacturer's warranty period will restart on the
new date the item was placed into service.
1.08 OPERATING CONDITIONS
A. Provide fuel system equipment, pipe specialities and components suitable for the
following operating conditions unless otherwise specified.
1. Temp. Range: -40°F to +100°F
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15484-2 Fuel System Equipment
2. Pressure: 100 psi
3. Product: Unleaded Gasoline
No. 2 Diesel
Aviation Gasoline (1 OOLL)
Jet A-50 (Fuel Oil & Arctic Grade Diesel same)
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DISTRIBUTION PUMP
A. Positive displacement pump for petroleum service. Base mounted with gear
reducer, couplings, coupling guards, and motor factory mounted to base plate.
Pump assembly shall be factory tested.
B. 3-inch flanged inlet and 3-inch flanged outlet, ductile iron case, steel fitted, with
cartridge type mechanical seal. Mechanical seal shall be of stainless steel
construction, or of other corrosion resistant material, grafoil fitted, with silicon
carbide / silicon carbide faces. Other seal designs will be considered provided
they are suitable for operation down to -40 degrees F.
C. Pump shall produce 115 gpm @ 420 rpm. Pump shall require no more than 5 feet
of net positive suction head when operating at the specified design point. Set
internal relief valve at 100 psi. Relief valve shall be factory set and tested. The
working fluid for the Distribution Pump is #2 Diesel with a viscosity of 3.5 to 75
centistokes depending on fluid temperature.
D. Pump casing shall be rated for 200 psi.
E. Provide 1750 rpm 15 hp explosion proof 208v/3ph/60hz motor. Pump and motor
shall have clockwise rotation, or the proper direction of rotation in the case of an
alternate manufacturer that will result in the suction and discharge port
configuration as shown on the Drawings.
F. Viking Model LL4126A-R, or approved equal.
2.02 TRANSFER PUMPS
A. Self -priming centrifugal pump for petroleum service.
B. 2-inch NPT inlet and outlet, ductile iron case, bronze impeller, and self -lubricated
Buna-N mechanical seal.
C. Close coupled to 3,450 rpm, 2 hp explosion proof 208v/lph/60hz motor. Pump
shall produce 80 gpm @ 70' tdh.
D. Gorman -Rupp 02K31-X2, no substitutes.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15484-3 Fuel System Equipment
2.03 ACTUATED BALL VALVES
A. 2-inch Actuated Ball Valve: ANSI Class 150 flanged ball valve with ASTM
A350 Grade LF2 body, Teflon seats and seals with a 360 in-lbs operating torque
at -50 degrees F. Actuator shall have a NEMA 4 enclosure without manual
override shaft extension, PTC self regulating heater, Exxon Beacon 325 severe
cold grease, 115 VAC powered with a 600 in-lbs output torque and a 10 second
stroke time. Stainless steel mounting hardware to allow manual operation using
adjustable wrench. Actuator shall be rated to -50 degrees F. Nutron Model T3-
R20ROlL2 ball valve with RCS Model SXR-0994 actuator, no substitutes.
B. 2-inch Actuated Ball Valve (explosion proof): ANSI Class 150 flanged ball valve
with ASTM A350 grade LF2 body, Teflon seats and. seals with a 360 in-lbs
operation torque at -50 degrees F. Actuator shall have a NEMA 7 enclosure
without manual override shaft extension, PTC self regulating heater, Exxon
Beacon 325 severe cold grease, 115 VAC powered with a 600 in-lbs output
torque and 10 second stroke time. Stainless steel mounting hardware to allow
manual operation using adjustable wrench. Actuator shall be rated to -50 degrees
F. Nutron model T3-R20RO1L2 ball valve with RCS Model MAR 49-10-7-120-
HT-2AS actuator, no substitutes. Provide explosion -proof actuators at locations
indicated.
C. 3-inch Actuated Ball Valve: ANSI Class 150 flanged ball valve with ASTM
A350 Grade LF2 body, Teflon seats and seals with a (TBD) in-lbs operating
torque at -50 degrees F. Actuator shall have a NEMA 4 enclosure without manual
override shaft extension, PTC self regulating heater, Exxon Beacon 325 severe
cold grease, 115 VAC powered with a (TBD) in-lbs output torque and a (TBD)
second stroke time. Stainless steel mounting hardware to allow manual operation
using adjustable wrench. Actuator shall be rated to -50 degrees F. Nutron Model
T3-R30RO1LZ-05 ball valve with RCS Model SXR-1245 actuator, no substitutes.
D. All actuated ball valves shall be factory tested. Submit factory test report for each
valve.
2.04 BULK METER
A. Positive displacement meter rated for 100 gpm of continuous flow with a 150 psi
working pressure. Accuracy shall be +/- 0.22% or better from 6-60 gpm. Provide
2-inch inlet & outlet companion flanges with O-ring seals, preset counter with
direct mechanical linkage to shut-off valve, resetable register, non-resetable
totalizer, air eliminator, strainer, microswitch for shutting down transfer pump,
and 10 gallon dwell. All elastomeric seals shall be low temperature nitrile rubber
(Buna-N).
B. Resetable registers shall have 0.1 gallon as the smallest division, preset counter
with whole gallon increments only.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15484-4 Fuel System Equipment
C. Factory calibrate for No. 2 Diesel, Jet A, AvGas or unleaded gasoline as
indicated.
D. Liquid Controls M-7-K-1, or approved equal.
2.05 TRUCK FILL STATION EQUIPMENT
A. Hose Reel: 110 volt AC single phase electric rewind hose reel capable of holding
50 feet of 1-1/2 inch inside diameter hose. Reel shall be left top rewind. Hannay
7528-19-21 (left -top rewind), or approved equal.
B. Hose: 30 feet of 1-1/2 inch low temperature fuel rated hose. Goodyear Arctic
Ortac, or approved equal.
C. Bulk Transfer Nozzles: Automatic shutoff nozzles with hold -open latch and
blocker lever. Color code handles, red for gasoline, green for #1 diesel, and blue
for #2 diesel. 1-1/2 inch OPW Model 1290 or equal.
D. Static Ground Reel: Automatic spring rewind ground cable reel with 50 feet of
1/8 inch diameter cable, grounding clip and ball stop. Hannay GR75 or equal.
2.06 DISPENSER AND ACCESSORIES
A. Mechanical Dispenser: UL listed motor vehicle dispenser for use with remote
submersible pump. Five figure mechanical register with tenths of a gallon as the
smallest unit, non-resetable totalizer, lighted display, 10:1 pulser, 110vac
powered. Provide internal 30 micron spin -on filter and 10 spare elements.
Dispenser shall be certifiable for retail sales. Prior to delivery, replace factory
applied standard grease in mechanical register with a severe cold arctic -grade
lubricant. Two -hose dual -product dispenser, Gasboy 9152QXTW2CXFL, no
substitutes.
B. Dispenser Shear Valve: UL listed 1-1/2 inch x 1-1/2 inch dispenser shear valve
with fusible link. Morrison Bros., Co. Model 636F, or approved equal.
C. Dispenser Hose: 18 feet (maximum) of 3/4" low temperature fuel rated dispensing
hose. Goodyear Arctic Ortac, or approved equal.
D. Dispenser Hose Breakaway Coupling: UL listed 3/4" breakaway fitting, OPW
Model No. 66V-0250 or approved equal. Provide breakaway coupling complete
with OPW 66H-0075 hose section madeup with the same low temperature hose
specified above.
E. Dispenser Hose Swivel: UL listed dispenser hose swivel. OPW Model No. 45M-
0492, or approved equal.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15484-5 Fuel System Equipment
F. Dispenser Nozzle: UL listed automatic shut-off, automotive fueling nozzle with
hold open latch and color coded handle, red for gasoline and green for diesel.
OPW Model No.11BP-0300 and 11B-0100, or approved equal.
2.07 SUCTION PUMP DISPENSER ACCESSORIES
A. Pressure Regulator with Shear Section: 1-1/2-inch pressure control valve that
mounts directly below the dispenser, specifically designed for suction pump
dispensers in pressurized installations (i.e. hydrostatic head from aboveground
tanks). Pressure control valve prevents aboveground tank head pressure from
being exerted on dispenser air eliminator allowing air elimiter to function
properly. Valve shall also include a shear section that closes if the dispenser is
knocked over preventing the discharge of fuel. Manufacturer: Gasboy Model
52A.
B. Anti -Siphon Valve: 1-1/2-inch aluminum body anti -siphon set to prevent
siphoning of product from aboveground tanks that have 5 to 10 feet of head
pressure. Anti -siphon valve shall have internal expansion relief that opens when
the downstream pressure exceeds the upstream pressure. Anti -siphon valve shall
be specifically designed for suction pump dispensers. OPW Model 199ASV-
2150. (Note: For pressure pump system anti -siphon valves see Section 13201,
Horizontal Storage Tanks.)
C. Emergency Valve: 1-1/2 inch ductile iron valve with fusible link designed to
close when exposed to fire. Valve mounts at the dispenser, upstream of the
pressure regulator valve specified above. Morrison Bros., Co. Model 346DI, or
approved equal.
►1: V .
A. Piston hand pump, 1" female NPT suction, 3/4" NPT discharge, stainless steel
inner liner, anti -siphoning device, rated for a 12 foot minimum suction lift. Fill -
Rite Model FR152 or equal.
B. Barrel Pumps shall be provided for the following applications. Provide each
pump with accessories and configured as indicated.
1. Horizontal Tank Water Draw: Provide pump with 1" FPT inlet and 18
foot 3/4" low temperature discharge hose with discharge fiting. Provide
one barrel pump configured for water draw on horizontal tanks for the
following bulk fuel upgrade project participants, three total (City, UNC,
and BSSD).
2. Dike Drainage Pump: Provide barrrel pumps configured for starting
siphon for removal of water from bulk storage tank dikes through 3/4"
sump drain piping. Provide barrrel pumps with 3/4" male camlock on inlet
and 5 foot of 3/4" discharge hose. In addition provide 30 feet of 3/4" suction
hose with 3/4" female camlocks on each end. Provide one barrel pump
configured for dike drainage for the following bulk fuel upgrade project
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15484-6 Fuel System Equipment
participants, plus a second one for UVEC, five total (UNC, BSSD, UVEC
and WCAS).
C. All barrel pumps shall be turned over to the respective project participant. Label
pumps with entities' name, and store them in one of the spill response connex
prior to Final Inspection.
2.09 PIPING ACCESSORIES
A. Flex Pipe Connection: Stainless steel corrugated inner core with stainless steel
braided outer cover, ANSI Class 150 fixed flange by floating flange ends with
18-inch live length, unless a different length is indicated. 200 psi minimum
working, factory tested to 300 psi minimum. Provide factory test certification for
each flexible connection. Metraflex Metra-Mini, or approved equal.
B. Y-Type Strainer: Class 150 flanged ends, carbon steel body, bottom clean -out Y-
type strainer with blow off tapping plug. Supply each strainer complete with
lockable cast steel ball valve with brass hose coupling and brass dust cap with
Buna-N seal. Provide #10 or #100 mesh stainless steel screen with each strainer
as indicated. Mueller Steam Specialties Fig. 781, or approved equal.
C. Basket Strainer: Class 150 flanges ends, carbon steel body with removable basket
through top flange. Pressure drop for clean strainer shall not be more than 3 psi at
maximum design flow. Ratio of net effective strainer area to the area of the
connecting pipe shall not be less that three to one. Supply each strainer complete
with 3/4" lockable cast steel ball valve with brass hose coupling and brass dust cap
with Buna-N seal. Provide basket strainer with extra 60 mesh basket for flushing,
in addition to 10 mesh basket which will be installed after system start-up and
flushing is completed. Manufacturer: Mueller Steam Specialities Model 125F-
CS.
D. Cam Lock Couplings: Aluminum body cam and groove male fitting with female
NPT end connection, 150 psi minimum working pressure. Provide dust cap with
buna-n seal for each fitting provided. PT Coupling or equal.
E. Pressure and Pressure/Vacuum Gauges: ASME B40.1 with 4-inch diameter face,
white dial, and no backing flange. Gauges shall be labeled with calibration date.
Provide adjustable pulsation dampers (snubbers) for each gauge. Gauges with
internal components immersed in silicon oil will not be allowed. Pressure gauges
shall have a 0 to 300 psig range, and pressure/vacuum gauges shall have a -30" hg
to 100 psig range.
F. Sample Connections: Factory assembles units specifically designed for obtaining
representative samples from fuel pipelines with 1/4" sampling probe extending not
less than 1" into the pipe and facing upstream. Sample connections shall include
ball valve, 1/4" quick disconnect coupling and dust plug, completely assembled
ready for installation into a female pipe thread. Furnish sampling hose assemblies
for WCAS and BSSD at the project site consisting of a 6-foot clear plastic hose
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15484-7 Fuel System Equipment
with internal bonding wire, male connector at one end for connecting to sample
probe, and clips at each end for attaching to the pipe and metal sample can.
Gammon Technical Products Bulletin 3.
G. Padlocks: Provide padlocks for all pump enclosurers as specified for fence gates
in Section 02820 — Chain Link Fence.
2.10 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Expansion joints shall be externally pressurized, internally guided with laminated
bellows with a 150 psi design pressure and a 225 psi test pressure. The traveling
pipe that is fastened to the internal guide, as well as the fixed pipe, shall be
constructed of standard wall steel pipe. Expansion joints shall not have an
internal sleeve or any other device that could prevent free passage of a foam pig
in either direction through the joint.
B. At 30 degrees F install expansion joint compressed 1.5" (at middle of travel).
C. Expansion joint shall have 3/4" FNPT drain port installed at the bottom of the
housing for removal of all liquid (and sediment) at the bottom of the external
bellows housing.
D. Provide 3/4" forged steel ball valve with lockable handle (lock closed) installed on
expansion joint drain port. Install a 3/4" threaded cap or plug on the ball valve
outlet.
E. Expansion joint shall be rated for 4" of axial compression and 1" of axial
extension. Manufacturer, Hyspan Model 3501-148-4.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as indicated. Work
should be of quality using recognized standard practices for workmanship.
B. Provide seismic anchorage for all fuel equipment, enclosures, tanks, piping and
speciality items.
3.02 COMMISSIONING AND SYSTEM START-UP
A. All testing specified in Section 15190 — Pipe, Valves and Fittings shall be
completed prior to beginning the commissioning and start-up requirements
specified in this Section.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15484-8 Fuel System Equipment
B. Perform final commissioning, start-up, and system demonstration in accordance
with the following procedures. Leave all work sites in an orderly condition
consistent with that found upon arrival.
C. The Contractor shall be present the first time fuel is received into the tanks, assist
in fuel receipt, and perform final commissioning, start-up, and system
demonstration at this time. Upon filling of tanks verify product level by manual
gauging and calibrate all tank gauges.
D. Introduce fuel into all systems and bleed air from all portions of the piping.
Perform operational leak test at 75 psi with fuel on all systems after filling with
fuel and repair any leaks. Anything wet with fuel shall be assumed to be leaking
and shall be corrected before continuing.
E. Check all pumps for proper rotation. Prior to operating centrifugal pumps prime
the pump cavity with fuel. On initial start-up warm pump body if ambient
temperature is below 40 degrees F.
F. Flush systems by circulating and transferring fuel. The Contractor is responsible
for filtering, transferring, and returning fuel used for flushing back to the
respective project participant. The Contractor shall be responsible for resolving
any fuel inventory discrepancies beyond normally expected levels and
compensate participants for any fuel which is contaminated, and cannot be
filtered and cleaned to acceptable levels. Any unusable fuel shall be disposed of
in accordance with all State and Federal environmental and regulatory agency
requirements.
1. Transfer a minimum of 1,000 gallons of fuel through each truck fill station
transfer connection, or until fuel runs clean. Check and clean strainers if a
restriction in flow is experienced, and again after completing flushing at
each truck fill station system.
2. Circulate fuel with the UVEC distribution pump from each bulk tank back
to Tank #3. Circulate fuel for a minimum of 20 minutes per tank.
Perform flushing with temporary 60 mesh start-up strainer installed on the
suction side of the distribution pump. Check and clean strainer after
circulating fuel for the first 20 minutes or sooner if a restriction in the
piping system is experienced. After cleaning strainer for the first time,
check and clean strainer at a minimum of one hour intervals, or more
frequently if a restriction is experienced. When satisfied that all yard
piping has been thoroughly flushed, align valves to begin filling the
pipeline with fuel and fill the UVEC Power Plant tank. Let the fuel in
Tank #3 settle for at least 24 hours before transferring fuel from this tank
to the power plant. Transfer fuel from Tank #3 for a minimum of two
hours when filling the power plant tank. After power plant tank is full,
remove and clean strainer one final time, and install permanent 10 mesh
strainer basked on the suction side of the distribution pump.
G. Check all control and alarm functions. Manipulate floats to simulate low and
high level conditions. Set timing relays for 30 seconds and verify time-out
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15484-9 Fuel System Equipment
functions. Reset timers to values indicated. Verify latching and reset functions,
emergency stop functions, and operation of all signal lamps and horns. Observe
operation of actuated ball valves. Check area lighting and verify operation of
photocell controls, if testing during the day time place piece of black tape over
photo cell to activate the lights.
H. Fill dispensing and intermediate tanks. After the first 100 gallons of product has
been pumped through each motor vehicle dispenser hose, replace filters at
dispenser.
I. Fill day tanks and supply tanks after filling intermediate tanks.
Test truck fill station operation after filling bulk tanks. Test and verify all control
functions.
K. Test all dispensing functions including remote control console if installed.
L. Verify all signs, placards, and valve tags are properly located and secured. Verify
proper color code and labeling for all products.
M. Install padlocks on all valves specified to be locked, on all fence gates, on all
pump boxes, and on spill response connexes. Key all locks for systems with the
same ownership identical.
N. In accordance with Division 1 and this Section, instruct local operators and other
designated personnel in the operation and maintenance of all systems. Provide a
minimum of 12 hours of instruction during Substantial Completion Inspections.
Provide qualified personnel, and equipment manufacturer's representatives as
necessary, to give instruction on all fuel systems, equipment, and related
components provided by this project.
O. Place spare parts, incinerator, auxiliary equipment, and spill response supplies in
the spill response connex or other designated locations.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 15484-10 Fuel System Equipment
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. General Requirements specifically applicable to Division 16, in addition to
Division 1 provisions.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code, latest adopted edition including all
state and local amendments.
B. NECA - Standard of Installation.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit inspection and permit certificates under provisions of Division 1.
B. Include certificate of final inspection and acceptance from authority having
jurisdiction.
C. Submittal review is for general design and arrangement only and does not relieve
the Contractor from any requirements of Contract Documents. Submittal not
checked for quantity, dimension, fit or proper operation Where deviations of
substitute product or system performance have not been specifically noted in the
submittal by the Contractor, provisions of a complete and satisfactory working
installation is the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
D. In addition to requirements referenced in Division 1, the following is required for
work provided under this division of the specification.
1. Provide material and equipment submittals containing complete listings of
material and equipment shown on Electrical Drawings and specified
herein, bound in hard cover, loose-leaf binders separate from work
furnished under other divisions. Index and clearly identify all material
and equipment by item, name or designation used on drawings and in
specifications.
2. Submit only pages which are pertinent; mark each copy of standard
printed data to identify pertinent products, referenced to Specification
Section and Article number. Show reference standards, performance
characteristics, and capacities; wiring diagrams and controls; component
parts; finishes; dimensions; and required clearances.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 16010-1 Basic Electrical Requirements
3. Modify manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams to
supplement standard information and to provide information specifically
applicable to the work. Delete information not applicable.
4. Review submittals prior to transmittal; determine and verify field
measurements, field construction criteria, manufacturer's catalog numbers,
and conformance of submittal with requirements of Contract Documents.
5. Coordinate submittals with requirements of work and of Contract
Documents.
6. Sign or initial each sheet of shop drawings and product data, and each
sample label to certify compliance with requirements of Contract
Documents. Notify Architect/Engineer in writing at time of submittal, of
any deviations from requirements of Contract Documents.
7. Do not fabricate products or begin work which requires submittals until
return of submittal with Architect/Engineer acceptance.
8. Equipment scheduled by manufacturer's name and catalog designations,
manufacturer's published data and/or specification for that item, in effect
on bid date, are considered part of this specification. Approval of other
manufacturer's item proposed is contingent upon compliance therewith.
9. Submittals for Division 16 shall be complete and submitted at one time.
Unless given prior approval, partial submittals will be returned
unreviewed.
1.04 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Construct Work in sequence under provisions of Division 1.
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the Work specified in this Division under provisions of Division 1.
B. Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet job
conditions, including changes to Work specified under other Sections. Obtain
permission of Architect prior to proceeding.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to ANSI/NFPA 70.
B. Conform to the latest adopted edition of the International Building Code and the
International Fire Code including all state and local amendments thereto.
C. Obtain electrical permits, plan review, and inspections from authority having
jurisdiction.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 16010-2 Basic Electrical Requirements
1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. In accordance with the General Conditions and the General Requirements,
Substitution and Product Options, all substitute items must fit in the available
space, and be of equal or better quality including efficiency performance, size,
and weight, and must be compatible with existing equipment.
1.08 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Maintain project record drawings in accordance with Division 1.
B. In addition to the other requirements, mark up a clean set of drawings as the work
progresses to show the dimensioned location and routing of all electrical work
which will become permanently concealed. Show routing of work in permanently
concealed blind spaces within the building. Show complete routing and sizing of
any significant revisions to the systems shown.
C. Record drawing field mark-ups shall be maintained on -site and shall be available
for examination of the AUTHORITY's Representative at all times.
1.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Provide operation and maintenance manuals for training of personnel designated
by the AUTHORITY in operation and maintenance of systems and related
equipment. In addition to requirements referenced in Division 1, the following is
required for work provided under this section of the specifications.
B. Manuals shall be hard cover, loose-leaf binders with pages reinforced to prevent
pullout and shall be separate from work furnished under other divisions. Prepare
a separate chapter for instruction of each class of equipment or system. Index and
clearly identify each chapter and provide a table of contents.
C. Unless otherwise noted in Division 1, provide one copy of all material for
approval. After approval, provide five corrected approved copies.
D. The following is the suggested outline for operation and maintenance manuals
and is presented to indicate the extent of items required in manuals.
1. List chapters of information comprising the text. The following is a typical
Table of Contents:
a. Lighting
b. Fuel Control Panels
c. Telemetry Systems
d. Other chapters as necessary
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 16010-3 Basic Electrical Requirements
2. Provide the following items in sequence for each chapter shown in Table
of Contents:
a. Describe the procedures necessary for personnel to operate the system
including start-up, operation, emergency operation and shutdown.
1) Give complete instructions for energizing equipment and
making initial settings and adjustments whenever applicable.
2) Give step-by-step instructions for shutdown procedure if a
particular sequence is required.
3) Include test results of all tests required by this and other
sections of the specifications.
b. Maintenance Instructions:
1) Provide instructions and a schedule of preventive maintenance,
in tabular form, for all routine cleaning and inspection with
recommended lubricants if required for the following:
a) Lighting fixtures
b) Fuel Control Panels
c) Telemetry Systems
2) Provide instructions for minor repair or adjustments required
for preventive maintenance routines, limited to repairs and
adjustments which may be performed without special tools or
test equipment and which requires no special training or skills.
3) Provide manufacturers' descriptive literature including
approved shop drawings covering devices used in system,
together with illustrations, exploded views, etc. Also include
special devices provided by the Contractor.
4) Provide any information of a maintenance nature covering
warranty items, etc., which have not been discussed elsewhere.
5) Include list of all equipment furnished for project, where
purchased, technical representative if applicable and a local
parts source with a tabulation of descriptive data of all
electrical -electronic spare parts and all mechanical spare parts
proposed for each type of equipment or system. Properly
identify each part -by -part number and manufacturer.
1.10 DEMONSTRATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. During substantial completion inspection:
1. Conduct operating test for approval under provisions of Division 1.
2. Demonstrate installation to operate satisfactorily in accordance with
requirements of Contract Documents.
3. Should any portion of installation fail to meet requirements of Contract
Documents, repair or replace items failing to meet requirements until
items can be demonstrated to comply.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 16010-4 Basic Electrical Requirements
4. Have instruments available for measuring light intensities, voltage and
current values, and for demonstration of continuity, grounds, or open
circuit conditions.
5. Provide personnel to assist in taking measurements and making tests.
1.11 INSTRUCTION OF OPERATING PERSONNEL
A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 1 and this section provide
services of qualified representative of supplier of each item or system listed below
to instruct designated personnel of AUTHORITY in operation and maintenance
of item or system.
B. Make instruction when system is complete, of number of hours indicated, and
performed at time mutually agreeable.
System or Equipment Hours of Instruction
Fuel System Control Panels 8
C. Certify that an Anchorage or Fairbanks based authorized service organization
regularly carries complete stock of repair parts for listed equipment or systems,
that organization is available and will furnish service within 48 hours after
request. Include name, address and telephone number of service organization.
D. Have approved operation and maintenance manuals and parts lists for all
equipment on hand at time of instruction.
1.12 ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS
A. The Electrical "Legend" on drawings is standardized version for this project. All
symbols shown may not be used on drawings. Use legend as reference for
symbols used on plans.
1.13 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
A. Drawings are diagrammatic; complimentary to the Civil drawings; not intended to
show all features of work. Install material not dimensioned on drawings in a
manner to provide a symmetrical appearance. Do not scale drawings for exact
equipment locations. Review Civil, Structural, and Mechanical Drawings and
adjust work to conform to conditions shown thereon. Field verification of
dimensions, locations and levels is directed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All Materials and Equipment shall be new and Underwriter's Laboratories listed
for the use intended.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 16010-5 Basic Electrical Requirements
B. Materials and Equipment shall be acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction
as suitable for the use intended when installed per listing and labeling
instructions.
C. No materials or equipment containing asbestos in any form shall be used. Where
materials or equipment provided by this Contractor are found to contain asbestos
such items shall be removed and replaced with non -asbestos containing materials
and equipment at no cost to the AUTHORITY.
D. In describing the various items of equipment, in general, each item will be
described singularly, even though there may be numerous similar items.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WORKMANSHIP
A. Install Work using procedures defined in NECA Standard of Installation and/or
the manufacturer's installation instructions.
3.02 TESTS
A. Notify Contracting Officer at least 72 hours prior to conducting any tests.
B. Following completion of installation, test system ground and all feeders or sub -
feeders with appropriate meggers, or other approved instruments and methods, to
determine ground and insulation resistance values. Submit logs of values
obtained, and nameplate data of instruments used prior to final inspection.
Include a copy of all data in the power distribution section of the Operation and
Maintenance Manuals.
C. Perform additional tests required under other sections of these specifications.
D. Perform all tests in the presence of the AUTHORITY'S authorized representative.
3.03 PENETRATIONS OF FIRE BARRIERS
A. Related information to this section appears in Division 7, Fire Stopping.
B. All holes or voids created to extend electrical systems through fire rated floors,
walls or ceiling shall be sealed with an asbestos -free intumescent fire stopping
material capable of expanding 8 to 10 times when exposed to temperatures 250' F
or higher.
C. Materials shall be suitable for the fire stopping of penetrations made by steel,
glass, plastic and shall be capable of maintaining an effective barrier against
flame, smoke and gases in compliance with the requirements of ASTM E814 and
UL 1479.
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 16010-6 Basic Electrical Requirements
D. The rating of the fire stops shall be the same as the time -rated floor, wall or
ceiling assembly.
E. Install fire stopping materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
F. Unless protected from possible loading or traffic, install fire stopping materials in
floors having void openings of four (4) inches or more to support the same floor
load requirements as the surrounding floor.
END OF SECTION
Unalakleet Bulk Fuel Upgrade
REG 06-088 / 02/2006 16010-7 Basic Electrical Requirements